Audio

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I reveal the worst businesses to start this year.

Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus, the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are simply no longer viable.

What You’ll Learn

  • Worst Businesses To Start In 2023
  • How To Avoid Potential Pitfalls And Financial Headaches
  • Why Certain Business Models No Longer Work

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to reveal the worst businesses to start this year and beyond. And I’m not normally a negative guy, but this podcast episode is important because my goal is to make sure you’re investing your time and money wisely. Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are just no longer viable. What’s up everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online.

00:28
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. And if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, head on over to mywifecooderjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now just a quick heads up before we start, this episode wasn’t recorded to discourage you.

00:57
but to empower you because it’s all about avoiding potential pitfalls and financial headaches. Now the first business that I would avoid this year is retail arbitrage. Retail arbitrage is a business model where you buy products at low prices from retail stores, whether it’s physical or online, and then resell those items at higher prices on marketplaces like Amazon, eBay, or Etsy. And the difference between the purchase price and the sale price is your profit.

01:23
Now most of you guys probably don’t know this, but before I launched bumblebeelinens.com, I actually started out with retail arbitrage. For example, many years ago, and I’m probably gonna date myself here, Tickle Me Elmo dolls were the hottest toys on the market and they were sold out everywhere. Now happened to be at a toy store one weekend and I saw five of these dolls in stock, so I bought them all and flipped them immediately on eBay for a pretty good profit. This is essentially how retail arbitrage works and on the surface,

01:53
It sounds fun and profitable. All you got to do is shop the clearance racks at Target, list those products on Amazon, and keep all the money. But here’s the main problem with retail arbitrage. Over the years, this business model has become increasingly popular, which means there are a ton of bargain shoppers doing this. It is extremely difficult to find items to flip for a profit that aren’t already being sold by many other sellers. Now I got super lucky with these Tickle Me Elmo dolls, and to this day, I have never been able to replicate it.

02:23
Finding products to resell is often hit or miss, and there’s no guarantee that the items you find one day will still be available the next. So basically, once you hop on this hamster wheel, you have to constantly be on the lookout for new deals, and if you can’t find a good deal, then you’re not gonna make any money. Also, you better love shopping because that’s what you’re gonna be doing all day long. You can’t really scale a retail arbitrage business because you are limited by how many items you can find and buy and then store, pack, and ship. For example, I have a buddy who makes

02:52
35 to 50K a year doing retail arbitrage, which is pretty good money, but he shops eight hours a day and has a truck that he drives around to pick up the merchandise. But here’s the biggest disadvantage. If you sell on a platform like Amazon, there are strict rules to follow. And if the brand that you’re selling decides not to let you sell their product any longer, you could get stuck with a pile of unsellable inventory. For example, a while back, my buddy bought a ton of Lego products on clearance from a toy store to sell on Amazon. And then one day,

03:22
All of his selling privileges were revoked because Lego didn’t want arbitrage sellers on Amazon any longer. In addition, prices change all the time and it’s actually quite a big financial risk to buy a bunch of products upfront. If you miscalculate demand or buy a product that ends up not selling as well as you thought, you could be stuck with a bunch of unsold inventory. So overall, retail arbitrage is okay for making a couple bucks here and there, but it’s definitely not a good long-term business model. And not only is it getting harder every year,

03:51
but you constantly have to seek out new deals in order to stay profitable. By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free, where I’ll teach you the ins and outs of selling online. It’s free and really a no brainer to sign up. Now the next business I would definitely not start this year is wholesale on Amazon. Amazon wholesale is an e-commerce business model where you find an established brand name product

04:19
purchase it in bulk at wholesale prices, and then sell it on Amazon FBA. Now, unlike other Amazon business models, such as retail arbitrage or online arbitrage that we just talked about, selling wholesale on Amazon allows you to make bulk purchases from a single supplier to provide you with a consistent supply of products. So right off the bat, Amazon wholesale is a better business model than retail arbitrage, but not by much. And in general, the gross margins for Amazon wholesale are decent,

04:48
at around 50 % or so, and after Amazon fees and FBA, you could end up making between 20 to 25 % net. Again, not horrible. But selling wholesale successfully on Amazon requires you to find well-known branded products with high demand and a low number of sellers selling the same product. Now, the biggest flaw with Amazon wholesale is that since you are selling other people’s products, you will be competing with many other sellers selling the exact same item on Amazon.

05:16
And when there are many sellers selling the exact same item on a large marketplace like Amazon, the price always spirals to the bottom. And every product you sell will have multiple sellers, and there can only be one active seller per listing on Amazon who owns what is called the buy box. To win the buy box, you constantly have to lower your prices. For example, let’s say you decide to sell Pantene shampoo wholesale. In a listing that I’m looking at on Amazon right now, it’s got eight active sellers competing for the buy box. And to win the buy box,

05:45
you usually have to be the lowest price offering. And because prices change all the time, you have to watch all of your listings like a hawk to make sure you consistently have the buy box in order to make any money at all. In fact, the only way to make the Amazon wholesale business model a viable option is if you can somehow land an exclusive wholesale account where you are the only authorized seller of a product. For example, my student, Abby Walker has an exclusive agreement with Insolia to sell their insoles under her brand, VivianLoo.com.

06:14
And as a result, she makes millions every year as the only seller. But these exclusive wholesale deals are extremely rare and hard to land. And in many cases, brands will opt to sell their own products on Amazon and keep the bulk of the profits. After all, why would a company give up a 50 % margin to an Amazon seller when it’s so easy to create a listing on Amazon? Not only that, but most brands now require a brick and mortar store or a strong online presence in order to get an exclusive contract.

06:44
You also need a decent amount of upfront capital to pay for inventory. And then finally, when you sell other people’s products, you don’t own or control any aspect of your business. Most of my friends who are successful doing Amazon wholesale often lose a number of their wholesale contracts every year and are constantly on the hunt for new deals to fight the attrition. It’s just not worth the time in my opinion. Overall, if you’re going to do wholesale, then sell on your own website because at least on your own website, you’re going to be the only seller.

07:12
Then the next business model that I would never start in a million years is a business that drop ships from China. Right now, the most popular drop shipping business model is called AliExpress Drop Shipping. And here’s how it works. You find a product in AliExpress at low prices. You list the product on your own online store. And when a purchase is made, you buy the same product on AliExpress and have it shipped directly to the end customer. And you keep the difference in cost as profit. Now, right now, they’re a

07:39
bunch of services that allow you to connect your Shopify or WooCommerce store directly to AliExpress to make the entire process seamless. You don’t have to store inventory, you don’t have to ship out products, and getting started requires no money at all. But what they don’t tell you is that you have to manage your own customer service. What they don’t tell you is that 90 % of the products shipped from China via AliExpress are pieces of junk with little or no quality control. To gauge the quality of an AliExpress product,

08:07
All you got to do is search for AliExpress reviews on Google and you’ll find thousands of horrific reviews. And remember, these products are shipped from China, so they take forever to make it to the customer. The cheapest viable AliExpress shipping option that doesn’t cost an arm and a leg literally takes up to 60 days for delivery. Now, can you imagine a customer buying something from you and having to wait 60 days for delivery only to receive a piece of junk? Well, this is what lies in wait if you decide to pursue this business model.

08:36
Just don’t do it. The other con that no dropshipping guru will tell you is that the vendors on AliExpress are just regular people selling stuff. They aren’t real suppliers or real factories, so their prices may change at any time and listings disappear all the time. As a result, keeping your store in sync with AliExpress is always a problem. I actually interviewed the founder of Spocket, a popular US dropshipping app on my podcast about AliExpress dropshipping, and I just flat out asked him what he thought.

09:05
and he basically shared my same sentiments. AliExpress dropshipping might make you a couple bucks here and there, but it’s not a good long-term business model. By the way, just for the record, Spockit doesn’t dropship from AliExpress, and I’ll include in the show notes below the link to that episode. So if you’re going to spend the time trying to buy traffic and sales to your shop, you must sell high-quality products and be able to provide excellent customer support. And this is impossible with AliExpress dropshipping, even though it costs practically nothing to start.

09:35
Now the final business model that I would never start today is a brick and mortar retail store. Most of you guys don’t know this, but when my wife and I first started BumblebeeLinens.com, we actually considered creating a brick and mortar store. And when we ran the numbers, it would have cost us about half a million bucks upfront to launch our store. Meanwhile, when we decided to go the online route, we invested only $630 and made over hundred K in profit in our first year of business selling handkerchiefs online.

10:03
And in fact, we were profitable literally from day one. If you are a tech averse person, starting a brick and mortar store or something physical might seem easier at first because everything is tangible. But everything in this world is already moving towards 100 % digital. And starting your own online store the right way is actually easier than ever thanks to e-commerce platforms like Shopify, BigCommerce, Shift4Shop and WooCommerce. Back in 2007 when I started, it took me several months to launch bumblebeelinens.com.

10:32
But today, you can literally have your store up and running in a matter of days. But remember, when it comes to launching your own business, don’t just go for what’s easy. You got to play the long game, sell products that you own and can be proud of. Good luck.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

489: The Most Important Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

489: The Most Important Strategy (Out Of 7) To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

Today, I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. Phil is the founder of Fincon, which is the conference that launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I now call my friends.

In this episode, Phil and I discuss 7 different strategies to grow your business this year and highlight the most important one of all.

What You’ll Learn

  • 7 Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year
  • How To Scale An Event Or Conference
  • The Single Most Important Way To Grow Your Sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. And Phil is the founder of FinCon, which is the conference that literally launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I can now call my friends. And I’m actually speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year in New Orleans. So if you happen to be there, I’d love to hold a meetup. In any case,

00:29
Phil and I are going to discuss the single most important thing that will grow your business this year. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at bumblebeelenons.com. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:24
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you,

01:54
you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Phil Taylor. Now Phil’s a longtime friend and he’s been creating content about personal finance probably for over a decade now. He runs the popular conference FinCon, which is one of the largest financial influencer events in the U.S. where I had my very first speaking gig and Phil took a chance on me as a speaker and I’m extremely grateful because

02:35
That experience actually made me super excited to speak on stage and at FinCon, I also met my mastermind group who is instrumental in helping me grow my blog to where it is today. And as a result, I owe a lot to this guy, man, and I’m thrilled to have him back. What’s up, PT? I owe a lot to you too, Steve. It’s good to be on with you, So the last time you were on, which was, man, years ago, I want to say FinCon was not nearly where it is today.

03:04
And I’m just curious how it’s evolved over the years. It’s been like 10 years, right? The event where we started in 2011. So what is that 12 years? Yeah, 12. Yeah, crazy. Yep. No event in 2020. Unfortunately, we did a digital one that year. But yeah, I think this will be our 12th or 13th. Oh, I’ve stopped. I’ve stopped keeping count. Oh, past 10. It’s like, who cares, right? I’m not there yet. I think I’m at year eight. And that

03:29
That pandemic year was really tough for me too, but let’s not talk about that year. Yeah. So a lot, a lot has changed. started in 2011 with 200 people. It was a side hustle for me. I didn’t know anything about events, but I had friends who knew about it and I’m better, better. I more importantly, I should say I had a community of people who were ready to get together. And if you go back and listen to the first podcast, I mean, that’s the first big nugget that I’m going to give you back then is if you’re going to be in events.

03:56
have people ready that want to be together. That’s the easiest way to do them. And I knew that. I knew that it was a great community. Started with about 250 people that first year. And yes, we’ve grown it to a high water mark in 2019 of around 3000. which is nuts. Yeah. It’s a great run there. We’re sort of post pandemic now and growing things back. We hope to reach back up to around 2000 mark this year. So we’ll be in New Orleans for our 12th and that’s in October. And,

04:26
You know, we’ve done a lot of iterations through the years. I’ve tried to evolve with the industries. We can talk about some of that. Um, we’ve got a fantastic community that we tried to shepherd through the years, but how has it changed? would just say the biggest probably change we’ve had is me moving the event from just bloggers because initially it was called the financial blogger conference. don’t even know if you remember that. So someone like you sort of was on the.

04:54
sort of the outskirts of that community to a degree. And so you might’ve perceived it as necessarily not for you, but you knew it was for someone specifically, which helped us to grow it. But then we quickly expanded sort of the umbrella, the tent, and it became ThinkCon, which really stands for financial content expo these days. And that could be a blogger, it could be a podcast or YouTuber, anyone really creating content around the idea of improving your financial life. And that can expand into

05:24
business and real estate. so that’s the biggest change, I guess, is the growing scope of it. Um, and then continuing to change that as we’re entering sort of this creator economy where everything is really sort of podcast and YouTube driven. Um, we really want to move the conference and that continue moving in that direction. So just trying to evolve the event, you know, from a scope standpoint. Yeah, you know, uh, I think I, missed the very first year.

05:51
I came the second year and I haven’t missed one since I don’t think and what I noticed is like it basically replaced blog world. Do you remember blog? That was a great event. I love that event. Yeah. And all the sessions were about how to content and everything. So I want to feel like FinCon has replaced blog world in a way it has. Uh, I saw it initially as a niche down version of blog world, right?

06:17
So, but what we ended up doing because the FinCon community was so great was just making a fantastic event that even people from other niches were excited to come. So we started having people from travel, from the entrepreneurship side. I mean, just really people were attracted to the community and this cool event that we created. And yes, I was a huge fan of what Rick Calvert built with Blog World Expo. think the last year he called it New Media Expo or something like that, because he was trying to make that scope change as well.

06:45
You know, not the, I don’t know the details of, of why, you know, he shut that event down, but I know that for me, it was finding that niche. so even having created FinCon, I now see other event owners create niches within our community and spin off events. So it’s just a natural evolution of gathering people. Uh, the bigger that gathering becomes, the more likely it is that a group within that group is going to then peel off and find their own thing too. Um, so.

07:14
That’s just kind of how events work. So it’s funny is you were pretty instrumental in helping me start my event. I have chosen to keep my event small just because I miss, you know, just small. I like small events over large ones, but I am curious. How does one grow an event to 3000 people? That just sounds ridiculous to me. Just the logistics gives me a headache. Actually, how did that happen? Yep. So for me, I always

07:40
I didn’t necessarily want to have a big event just to have one, even though that does improve the margins of the event and makes it more profitable. Um, but I always perceived it as our community needs a bigger event because our industry continues to grow. And so I’m not the person on stage, give it, doling out the advice. You know this, I, you know, get guys, smart guys like Steve to get up there and talk about, um, what they’re great at. And, and that’s what makes the event great. So.

08:09
Uh, if I’m not the talent, then the community is bringing that talent, but more importantly, the community wants to place to come and do deals. They want a place to come and do business at the event. And so financial creators are looking for brands to work with on a regular basis. And so this gives them a chance to work with those brands face to face, you know, be at a party together and sit down at a meeting table together and talk about like how their content could work with their brand and strike up a real deal face to face.

08:38
Not this cold emailing, you know, trying to hit people up on Twitter if you’re for a new creator. So the idea for me has always been about like creating these partnerships. And so if we want to create these partnerships, well, then it kind of matters. Uh, that we get a, there are all the right people that we, need the industry there from a brand side. And then from the creator side, we sort of need everyone there. So that’s been my natural push to grow it. And yes, you, you should be, you should.

09:05
be strategic and intentional about whether you want to grow it or not. Uh, and, and, sort of understand that that’s what you want. So for me, it was all about growth because our industry was growing. So how did we grow it? Uh, I wrote an article, um, post and go check it out on PT money.com. It’s, it’s, uh, essentially seven ways to grow your business. And I sort of tried to apply this to any business, but the examples I use primarily were how we grew FinCon. Um, and so if you want, I could just go through each of those points and we can hit on them and kind of.

09:34
kick them back. Yeah, yeah, yeah, let’s do that. And I’ll post actually the the link to that article below. One thing I just wanted to say was, I remember I was just getting started blogging. And I wasn’t even writing about personal finance. I was writing about business. And I walked into FinCon. And I think I secured a bunch of sponsorship deals, like right on the bat. So I got I think, Hostgator to sponsor my or I can’t remember what the hosting company was just to sponsor my podcast. And then I got like a couple banks to

10:03
to pay me to just promote their bank. And yeah, it’s like a great place to monetize whatever you’re trying to do. So I really appreciated that too. that’s good to hear. That was definitely the goal. So cool. So number one, number one way, just more context. During the first seven years of Vincon, I took it from around $100,000 in top line revenue to over a million. So it was seven years to a million dollars. And so that adhered these seven points I’m gonna give you. Perfect, right?

10:33
Okay. The first one is, uh, make the product better for us. We were, we had the, we had the posture of continuous improvement with our event. So every year I wanted to improve it. the challenging thing with events is that you have to kind of wait 11 months to kind of improve it or show the improvement, but that was the goal every year. Just make it better. Just make it a little bit better. So as you think about your business, um, have that growth mindset, have that, uh,

11:02
mindset of trying to improve upon what you build before you go expand into other things. Just take this one thing you’re doing and try to make it as good as possible, right? And how do you get those ideas to improve it? How do you understand what you need to improve? Because what is good, right? The way we did it is from user feedback. So we actually polled, regularly poll our attendees, post conference, sometimes free conference, to try to understand what they want out of the event, what they’re getting out of.

11:31
how they’re liking certain aspects of the event. So I think it’s Sam Walton who said something like, the boss, there’s only one boss in your business and it’s the customer. Right. And so I think that’s a good posture that we tried to take was there. This community is going to help us drive this event forward and make this product better. Um, and so that’s just the posture we took. How did we do that with our event? Um, we did it by, you know, trying to get better speakers.

12:00
trying to get cooler locations, a better hotel. They wanted better parties. They wanted more networking opportunities. We hear up here in that in the initial outset, it’s like too many sessions. We just want to be able to like talk with each other and do business. Clear communication leading up to the event. So these are all the things that again, that our users told us. So as a business owner, it’s important to discover that feedback mechanism that you need to get and not be afraid of that. So many business owners I see.

12:29
afraid to hear what their customers actually think of their product and that’s such a There’s insecurity in that and I have that too Sometimes you don’t want to hear those negative things but and there’s so much gold and opening that conversation up with your customers. So Yeah, let me ask you this PT What are some of the biggest challenges right now that people are asking for in the financial creator community? So just in general sort of doing business in that community

12:59
How do you get a hold of brands to do deals? Because there are a lot of them are little scared right now to work with creators because of 2022 and sort of the FTX blow up. yes, that’s right. Yeah, I forgot about that. of a negative perception. I think sometimes with financial creators, especially YouTubers, overcoming that hurdle, overcoming the hurdle of sort of burnout is very common amongst this crew because you’re just a content creator and it seems like an endless.

13:27
project that you’re working on. There’s no stop and start to it. Yeah. Other, I would say also the, one of the biggest that our business straight up solves is the fact that being it’s kind of lonely being a creator, right? So you’re sort of doing this editing behind the camera, behind the mic. And, um, you know, eventually it’s just like, man, I wish I had, or my wife’s tired of hearing me talk about this thing, the neighbor, he’s an insurance or he doesn’t relate to actually what I’m doing. So.

13:56
How do I find this group of people that kind of understand me and I can relate to and kind of share ideas and move forward with, you I’m curious what types of content are working right now. Are those the people blogging or is it tick tock YouTube, uh, Instagram? Like what are people asking for right now? Yep. Uh, I think, I think you should think about your content like this and good creators out there like yourself are already doing it. They starting with some type of video.

14:24
script, either scripted or interview based, right? And then they take that and that conversation or that monologue then becomes a blog post. It becomes short form video that they can put into the feed of what everyone’s really doing, which is just flipping through their phone on these, um, know, Instagram stories and YouTube shorts and all this stuff. But that’s so that you gotta have that out there to get people into the deeper stuff.

14:51
But this deeper conversation is where the real content is being created and real relationships are being formed and people really get to know you and feel intimate with you and kind of understand your brand and really fall in love with you. Um, so that’s kind of the, that’s kind of what I see the best creators doing right now. They start with this either a conversation or that monologue and that that becomes a blog post. And then it’s chopped up into social media bits to go out on all the different channels where people are actually watching.

15:20
to attract them into the long form stuff. I guess what I’m asking is, you know, the brands that go to FinCon, what type of sponsorships are they offering? Are they looking for blogs, videos, shorts? I mean, what’s the trend? think it depends on who you’re talking to. Affiliate marketers are still very comfortable with blog content. Yeah, because it’s evergreen and it’s richer to a certain degree, or can be.

15:50
Um, so the affiliate, any affiliate performance marketer you’re going to be talking to just likes that sort of static web organic SEO based traffic. Yep. Campaigners typically are more comfortable with a video. So someone who’s really charismatic on video and doing really having a good conversation with their audience tends to do well with campaigns. So sponsored campaigns, pay per video, pay for podcast episode, that kind of stuff.

16:19
Um, and I think the context of it matters too. So if you’re a military finance show, I mean, there’s a handful of advertisers that are perfect fit for you and they’re going be more interested in working with you, regardless really of the size of your show. Um, and so I think you’re seeing a little bit more of a niche down with advertisers. They’re not just kind of throwing money at the Jake Paul’s of the world, even though that still does happen with big brands. They’re more interested in what you consider like a micro influencer or creator.

16:48
who is really targeted. So think about that. that’s the kind of advertising you want to attract, then get more targeted. Yeah, I remember when I was first starting out, the main advertisers I was attracting was very e-commerce specific. And I was surprised at how much they were willing to pay because the audience is so focused. So I would imagine the more you niche down and you find that perfect advertiser, they’ll probably be willing to pay you a decent amount of money. I think so.

17:17
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

17:47
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

18:14
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:33
PT. Sorry, we want off the tangent. So what’s number two? Well, just to close the loop on one, a great, great book to continue discovering sort of what your customer wants is asked by Ryan Leveque. So that’s kind of my second resource I’ll drop in there. Okay. And it’s sort of helping you understand like how to have those conversations with your customer. The second is once you feel like you’ve perfected core product, then it’s time to innovate with new products. And this doesn’t have to be done.

18:59
And a big splash all at once. You can take sort of the lean startup method, which is to pick these, um, little elements of your event to expand upon or kind of introduce something new. Right. And the key here is two things. One, it allows you as an entrepreneur who is a creative to come up with something new without completely abandoning the thing that’s your bread and butter at this point. Right. So, you know, you know how it is, you’re a creative guy.

19:28
You’re kind of chasing these shiny objects and all over the place. And it’s like, Oh, I could do this new thing. So with an event, you don’t have to necessarily go create a new business. can still sort of just iterate within the event itself. The key is not being married to them and just, and using almost as like figure out how to test them. Right. So, so come up with these small innovations within your, uh, event or whatever business you’re running and then, uh, test them instead of sort of.

19:56
going full board down that road. And if one pops, then you know you’ve got sort of a new product line or you’ve got this new sort of benefit attached to what you’re doing. So that’s kind of the perspective to have, I guess, when you’re thinking about new things to create. having been to every FinCon, give me an example. Yep. We expanded what we offered sponsors. So that was some of the that’s some of the we sort of iterate on that every year. We come up with something new. We can offer sponsors for them to pick up.

20:26
whether that be a new party or a new sort of a mastermind element to the event or this new meetup thing we’re doing, or for instance, this year we brought on, um, we made our own video recording booth at FinCon this year. So FinCon just put one up, we have one and you can buy time in it and bring an influencer and do stuff in there while you’re there. So we’re just kind of come up. Yeah, we’re just coming up with these all kinds of new things, new tracks, new ticket.

20:54
Something we did really well was create the, pro pass. So I resisted in the first couple of years, cause I wanted it just to be so accessible. said, we need a $99 ticket. This was the first couple of think cons. was $99 to go to our conference. Um, and I was so stubborn about that. Everyone told me that’s so stupid. You need a more expensive ticket. You need to make some money off this thing. It took me too long to figure this out, but, uh, essentially I said, okay, how can we keep that low, but still make a little more margin? Well, let’s offer like.

21:24
some more advanced people, you know, this more premium value ticket. So we put them together, make it easier for them to meet with brands, give them some extra swag, make it do an extra party for them, not to create a VIP status at our event, because I’m very anti that, but just to give people more value and we can charge for it. creating a second ticket tier was a big part of sort of expanding what we do with our event.

21:51
I thought that was ingenious by the way. just thought I mentioned this and it’s unique to your event because the people who attend are actually creators who actually want to get brand deals. And the best way to do that is to get the pro pass to facilitate that. It’s almost like unlike any other conference that I’ve been to. I don’t think anyone else could pull that off. Yeah. Yeah. We’re we’re it made sense.

22:15
So you got to figure out with your event, you got to figure out where is the deeper value for your attendee and the sponsor. Right. And then Mary, the premium ticket to that activity. And then you found this out just through surveys from the attendees and that sort of thing that you knew that. my own, uh, inclinations because I am, I was a creator at the time in the space. I’m less and less so these days, but I was, I was definitely like, you know, a member of the tribe. And so.

22:45
These were my needs too. And to give credit where credit’s due, Blog World Expo did have something similar. Yeah. So I, I, I did see an somewhat of an example that Rick was doing over there and you could say I, you know, I stole that idea a little bit, but still, still like an artist, right? Cool. I like that. I’m asking you now for selfish reasons. Really? I do like that booth because sponsors always want influencer content, right?

23:15
And just casually pulling someone over to just record a quick testimonial video seems pretty easy. Yeah. It just gives them a space to activate. Now it’s our first year doing it. And to be honest with you, I’m not sure how successful it’s been in selling it. And it may be one of those things where once we introduce it, the brands get there and they see it in action. Then it makes more sense. So there’s probably a better way we could have introduced it where we had more intentionality around it. For instance, maybe we made it.

23:45
free for the first year, but you had to sign up for an official time slot. Um, that may have created more activation for it. And then next year, you know, we actually start charging for it. So yeah, you know, think about these things as you do them. You make some mistakes along the way, but again, don’t marry yourself to these new ideas. Just throw them out there within the umbrella. Don’t spend all your resources or time on them, but if one pops, then you know, you got something, you know, you got something else. Great. So, yeah. Awesome. Great advice.

24:14
Cool. Number three, you want to go to three? Yeah, let’s do it. Number three is creating content and social media. Obviously this was a no-brainer for us being a content, you know, financial content expo. We had to be sort of, yeah, but content can be scary for a busy entrepreneur. How do you get this done? Uh, for us, we reached initially into our attendee community, um, and said, is there anyone who can write?

24:41
You know, or we actually we asked for guest posts. Initially we started our blog at FinCon with guest posts. So we just asked people, the community, if they wanted to contribute something. And then we had the idea, Hey, instead of just a conference pamphlet, we give people when they walk up, what if they had articles in it too? So we make this little magazine that you could get when you showed up to the conference and it had these articles that these folks had contributed. So not only was it sort of a community building exercise, but it was a user generated. So didn’t.

25:09
necessarily take us a lot of time to do it. We iterated from that into a podcast, the financial blogger podcast, where I interviewed speakers and sponsors who were coming to the event, leading up to it. We did that for several years, just like in the last six months before the event, which is a perfect vehicle for to talk about the event, but also hear from the people who are going to be there, get the audience comfortable with, you know, certain speakers and sponsors and, uh, do the, you know, do the work of promoting the conference as well. Um,

25:38
We got into newsletters in 2019 and did really good community newsletter, but frankly, we’re slipping in the content game. And so we’re going to bring that back in the next couple of years to do a, to a better job of that. know, walk me through that actually. as you’re considering what content to create, I know you mentioned a podcast, you mentioned the blog. What, where’s your focus? Is it going to be on video? Is it going to be on blogging podcast?

26:03
We have great resources and assets already available. We have all the pictures from the event. have all the videos from the event, including all the sessions. So my big push going forward with, with the team is going to be to suggest that needs to be what’s, what’s our YouTube channel. It needs to be all those sessions and then those need to be chopped up into smaller bits. It’s embarrassing that we’re not doing it already, but we’re just, we’re coming out of the lean years of the pandemic. got through that and now we can start.

26:33
Spending some more money on marketing to do it right and we just had we have all the assets that a year’s worth of video and That becomes short form those can become bulk blog posts. We don’t have to create anything new, but I am excited about one new thing So another idea that I had for in terms of content And this was sort of after seeing what the starter story well starter story is a good example where he builds essentially a database of

27:02
businesses and then he uses that database to sort of create lists and create like bigger content ideas. And so when we sign people up to the event, we ask them all kinds of questions about what niche they’re involved in, um, whether from how many FinCons they’ve been to what media, what platforms they’re on, all this information that’s very rich and valuable, uh, which should be shown, you know, to the community to give them perspective.

27:30
And to help them sort of understand the trends and what’s working and also to highlight people who are doing good work. So this user data that we have from the, from registrations is something that I’m toying around with playing around with creating a database of sorts. So then we can take that database and use it to create lots of content ideas. You started to see me do it already with, I think I did a list of top affiliate programs for personal finance creators, top top personal finance journalists.

27:59
So I’m sort of, you know, there’s tons of content ideas based on just the data we have. So the assets and the data are the things that are going to help drive the content generation forward. It’s not going to be me doing sort of a one-on-one deal. It’s going to be sort of expanding all that information that we have. Yeah. I mean, I’m just thinking about the size of FinCon and the number of sessions you have enough content for years without having to do anything. Yep. And we’ve been somewhat foolishly putting it behind a paywall.

28:29
Uh, to see if we can get people to pay for that content. And we do, but I think it would be better served. It’s just the community had it on a free basis and we figured out another way to offer premium content down the road. we wanted to do that. Cause I’m in kind of the same boat. I’ve got like eight years worth of content that isn’t even really behind a paywall. Actually, it’s just behind a wall that’s not getting paid. Yeah. I’ve never seen one of your sessions from your event.

28:58
Except maybe a keynote for you one time. Yeah. Yeah. I published the keynotes, but yeah. Uh, cause we sell the virtual pass, you know, during the event, but you know, the value of the virtual pass kind of declines over the years. Right. Yep. So even if we just started, let’s say three months post event and started publishing it on YouTube one at a time, it’s not like everyone’s getting this big data dump. They’re getting it slowly dripped out over, over the years. And there’s so much stuff we already have in the back catalog. That’s evergreen.

29:28
We could release so it’s a matter of distribution. Yes, great idea and I’m sure people listening probably have gold mines of content somewhere. Whether it’s something you’ve done for work or whatnot that you can just break apart and start creating content to promote whatever you’re selling and if you don’t have it start start collecting it now. Yeah, for all right. had number four create or foster or community. So the big thing we do here is we let the community sort of help form the event right? So we’re.

29:57
in a posture always of this is for the creators that are there and it’s by them. So they help us, uh, it’s open speaker submissions. So we get over 500 speaker submissions every year to the event, which is great. And we, publicize that we almost run ads for that. Cause I just want as much coming in as possible because again, that, gives a, and I say that I shared this in our, in our previous episode was, it’s just like ownership.

30:25
You’ve got to give the attendees ownership in the event, right? You got to let, make them feel like they helped craft it. Right. So that’s what we do as much as possible with our community is we empower them to help us build this event. New ideas, some of the new innovations we’ve done at the event have been things that the community has contributed. And so we sort of have this open posture toward open sourcing the event itself. Um, and then for community sake, we do, uh, we do.

30:53
Facebook groups, we’re still stuck in those. They’re not ideal. We’re about to move away for them, I feel like, but through the years, they’ve been a tremendous tool to bring new people sort of into our tribe when the event is not going on or being promoted. And then for them to have conversations 24 seven, and that’s sort of, you’re moving away from Facebook, just curious what platform you’re considering at school. That’s probably the one I’ll end up with. There’s also circle. And then what’s the other one? Mighty networks. So it’s sort of amongst those three.

31:23
Um, but I really like what I see out of school. know I like the founder and I like, he’s sort of taken a slow growth method with the platform. Um, very intentional. Um, so, I’ve, and I’ve been in some communities on school before and enjoyed it. guess the problem with that is like most people don’t even know what it is or have the app or whatever. They’re not logged in, right? Right. That’s right. And yeah, so that’s a hurdle is getting, but half our audience is not on Facebook anymore.

31:52
So, yeah. So we’re going to lose them either way. Yeah, that makes sense. So I think community is important. We also did local meetups for a while. We still do a few of those. So we encourage people in cities all over the US and the world to get together on a quarterly basis. We give them funds. We create a community leader and we give that community leader some funds to throw the

32:21
meetups, the happy hours, get some appetizers, that kind of thing. And they all gather together. And I do that personally when I go to places, I go to other events. It’s a, community building exercise. For instance, I just got back from podcast movement and my whole deal there was to connect with every financial podcaster there was at the event. And how do I do that? I throw them a big meetup party, drinks. Um, and then we have a podcast booth in our booth.

32:49
where they can come and do their show. They can kind of hang around that area and meet other people. So being that community builder with your business, just continuing that throughout all you do is important. I love it. Community is tough, man. You’ve done a great job. It really is tough to foster community. is. And yeah, it’s easy to screw up too. But, but you know, if, your heart, if you’re in your heart and soul, you’re,

33:18
You really value like trying to help these folks then over time, you know, you’ll be able to build that. So, uh, I am so thankful for the community. And again, that goes sort of goes back to posture. I think it’s important as a business owner to see your customer as really the most important piece of this whole thing. And if you put them in that position, then you’ll treat them, you know, appropriately and build a community. right. Uh, number five, charge more.

33:47
This is hard for me because I’m a frugal guy and I don’t like, I don’t like paying for stuff myself sometimes. So it was hard for me to increase prices at the event, but we were able to do it through not necessarily charging the loyal customers more, but just everyone sort of after that point. we introduced price increases post what do call it pre-launch, you know, another thing we did was I sort of talked about the one ticket new created, but ultimately we landed on three tickets that we now offer. And so you it’s the rule of three.

34:17
right? So you can you can see the three prices out there. I sense that you had a question, Steve. So I was just gonna say, I’ve always thought that the ticket prices were ridiculously low for you. Like, if you look at how much I charge for mine, I mean, yours is like easily less than half or a third. And I’ve always wondered. Yeah, it was a no brainer, I think because you give so much value for the for the ticket price. How much is it now?

34:44
It’s still probably pretty cheap. Am I, I’m guessing it’s essentially a less, we try to keep it less than 300 for the entry. Exactly. Crazy. And then we do around 600 for what we call the pro pass. So it’s a double price for that. And then we offer a brand pass. So if you’re coming from the industry, um, sort of not necessarily in that creator, uh, avatar, if you’re sort of someone they’re doing business and you’re not sponsoring or you’re not exhibiting with us, then you’re going to pay a

35:11
the biggest premium and that’s a thousand dollar ticket. So that’s how we structure. And man, by having that brand pass up there, those will, we don’t sell that many of those, but having that thousand dollars up there makes that $600 ticket look really nice, you know, for the creator. And so we, we could see it as soon as we launched the three options, man, people moved toward that second option so fast. I mean, it’s just, that’s just how your mind works. Right. I can’t do three, but I can, I could do two, you know,

35:41
That’s just, that’s how we think. So, it’s, there’s real value in that. It’s just not, there’s not trickeration going on, but if when we structured it that way, we saw a big increase in the second option, uh, versus just having two tickets up there. How do you get that? six. I’m sorry. What, uh, how do get that price? Right. That’s a challenge. I think, I do think it’s important not to discount and I’ve, I’ve stopped offering as many discounts through the years.

36:10
But my people are just financial nerds and they, they live and die by the price they’re paying for something. So, you know, and again, I told you, my main goal is to make it a place where everyone’s there. And so we, we, we make it accessible. Yeah, for sure. It’s, it’s actually, I mean, just look at all the events PT. I think yours is like one of the least expensive ones out there. It really is pretty ridiculous. Well, maybe I’ll raise the prices.

36:39
No, we but just for the other event owners out there, we do graduate our prices. So by the time the event gets there, I do believe it’s more than 300. And we had started at like 225 or something. So we graduate our prices gives us something to market off of, and also incentivizes people to join us really early. So I would definitely do that. mean, everyone needs a sense of urgency. So we always have a cutoff where I say, hey, prices are going to go up next month or, and every month or every two weeks from here on out.

37:09
That’s what I do. My next one is grow through a talented team. And so I’ve been able to do this by, you know, finding folks in my life who were specialists at event marketing, event organization, and event branding, as well as the AV side of things. So those four areas are so key when you want to have make an event attractive, but also make it financially successful. Having those team members is so important.

37:39
So someone to organize it, I’m more of a visionary community builder, but I need someone to sort of hold down the details. And that was Jessica. She was a college buddy who was actually my VA at the time with my other business. And I said, you’re perfect for this. know, you should help me organize this event. Now she’s the CEO of the event and runs it by herself. So she’s amazing. amazing. She is. She is amazing. And

38:07
The community is very lucky to have her kind of running things. So thanks for saying that. And, um, you’re right. She is. So, uh, for me with her, she wasn’t an experienced, big experience at event planner, but it was someone I could trust, you know, cause I, and I knew she was a detailed person. And so I think it’s important. Your first hire needs to be someone who compliments. You know, what, what skills you have. So I was good with the community. was good in sort of casting this vision, uh, wrangling the troops.

38:37
But she was so good with the details and filling in all that stuff. So recognize yourself. If you’re to bring someone on what you need there and someone you can trust is so important. We share a lot of values. And so that’s when that’s how I knew she’d be great for that role on the AV side with events. It’s so important. You need a bulldog, someone who can negotiate on your behalf with the hotels and the venues. And, uh, certainly had that in Jessica’s brother, Justin, who has come to the event every year. And at one point he was an employee.

39:06
He was a contractor, then he was employee. And then I fired him and said, you need to go start your own business and then I’ll be your biggest customer. So that’s kind of the situation we have now that he has his own AV company and, and, and I’m his big customer. So he fights for me every, every year with the hotel and with other AV companies to try to get those costs down. Cause he understands them. I don’t understand them. He does. He makes those negotiations, makes this be successful. Um,

39:35
Thirdly is on the, would say the third key there in terms of hiring with events is the look and feel of the event. And that’s been Libby who we brought on in year three, who’s fantastic and making the event look professional, feel like a fun event and just look. But very attractive to both partners and attendees. And you’ve got to do that. I mean, the first couple of iterations were me designing some things along with some buddies and you know, we tried our best, but it was a little janky, you know,

40:05
Uh, but once Libby came on board, she made us look professional. Um, and that goes so far with an event because people are spending time, money, travel to get to your event. They need to know that it’s going to be run well and they’re not coming into some fire festival type situation, you know? So yes, those are the, those are the three big hires for me. And I would encourage folks to do that. The visual piece, man, that skyrocketed the value and perception of our event. So I would go hard on that piece of the event.

40:34
If you want to grow, do notice you have all these displays out, you know, as you’re walking into the event itself, they’re pretty elaborate. Yeah, she did. Yeah. She does a great job. That’s what you’re talking about, right? Yep. That and just online visually. So if you look at all our social channels, and our website itself, she does a fantastic job. And so that means investing in a good photographer at the event and a videographer at the event. Those are two great investments for you. So those that’s that’s we’ve we’ve used hiring to grow it.

41:03
And then finally is our last point here is acquisition. So in the event industry, the fastest way you can grow is to buy other events. And that’s what you see the biggest event conglomerates doing is they don’t waste time on trying to like grow the particular event they’ve purchased themselves. They just go buy another one. That’s, that’s how they grow because you have to wait a whole year, typically for an annual conference or trade show to grow the darn thing. And so this is a slog. mean, I’ve spent 10 years.

41:33
12 years now, you know, iterating 10%, 20 % growth, 10%, 20 % growth. And like, finally you get there, but if you want to do it faster, just acquire events, you know, I don’t have experience in that until now. I just actually made my first acquisition. I did not know that. event did you guys acquire? When’s this going to come out? Good question. Whenever you want it to come out, probably soon, probably within the next three weeks. I’ll go ahead and share it. We’ve purchased travel con. So

42:02
Oh, yeah. it’s another creator event, uh, outside of the finance space, obviously, but a creator event nonetheless, that’s very similarly modeled like FinCon. fact, Matt Kepnes, who created and runs that event, he and I, he and I go back a ways. We’ve chatted through the years and whenever he started his event, the first time he sort of leaned on me for advice and suggestions. And I actually kind of pushed him into that. Um, he has a successful business.

42:33
Uh, with travel business that he does the event for whatever reason didn’t work out for him. And so we are honored to take that event over, which I think he’s created an amazing brand loyalty and, um, just a great look and feel as well to his event. So we were going to get into the travel space with creators there. And so that’s kind of the next phase of growth for us, but I would encourage everyone to be looking in the event space for opportunities, especially right now.

43:02
Um, folks, it’s hard event. The event business is tough. And so there’s oftentimes people kind of coming out of it where it doesn’t make sense for them anymore. Um, and that might give you an opportunity to, grab up an event and, and try to make it, uh, make it better. I will say this. Uh, so the first year post pandemic, the, least for my event, it was just so, so people were just starting to come back. this last event that we had in May, full strength popped.

43:32
Uh, everyone’s just eager to get out and interact. good to hear. That’s good to hear. Yeah. We’re excited about this, this event too. And then we’re excited in general about the creator economy. Um, I think it’s only going to continue to grow. And with our experience with growing the community at FinCon, we know it can help grow the travel creator space as well and support those people and help them to make more deals with brands and just grow their businesses. So.

44:00
And I will say this for anyone listening, I am going to be speaking at FinCon and I will be trying to do a meetup of people in the class or, you know, if you just want to hang out. So definitely be there. As I mentioned before, the ticket price is very inexpensive for what you get. I guarantee you’ll meet a ton of cool people who might be members of your mastermind group someday like mine. And like I said, I’m just grateful for you, PT, for giving me my first speaking opportunity ever.

44:28
And I was shivering. was nervous, but then you asked me back and I spoke again. So started my speak. don’t want to say speaking career, but it sparked my love for speaking. thank you. welcome, man. You certainly, we were lucky to have you. I’ll just leave it at that. And we’ve always been blessed to be able to work with you, Steve and any event we put on. So thank you for being a part of this year as well. I look forward to seeing what you have to say on stage and, just.

44:56
having you and your folks there at the event. So, more importantly, where can people find out more about the event and all the different options and everything? What, the sessions are? Are they, are they all listed yet? The sessions are listed. We’ve got all our speakers up there with the exception of a few main stage folks like yourself who we haven’t announced yet. So some surprise, surprise announcements coming up, but you can go to finconnexpo.com and see the list of speakers, see the agenda.

45:24
sort of understand what the offering is and just get excited about, you know, being a part of this community. So love to have you join us. Cool. Hey, thanks PT for coming back on, man. You’ve been great.

45:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now like I mentioned earlier, I’m going to be speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year, so if you want to meet up, go to the FinCon website over at FinConExpo.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeClooterJob.com slash episode 489. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

46:09
Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-C-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

46:38
Just tap in your email and ascended the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

488: AI Powered Strategies To Make $274/Day Selling On Amazon (Step By Step) – Family First Friday

488: AI Powered Strategies To Make $274/Day Selling On Amazon (Step By Step) – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I show you the quickest way to start selling on Amazon step by step by leveraging the power of AI.

I go over everything from how to use AI to help you find a profitable product to sell, how to find suppliers, and how to put up a high-converting listing with the power of artificial intelligence.

What You’ll Learn

  • Find A Product Or A Niche With AI
  • Figure Out If There’s Demand For Your Product
  • Create A High Converting Listing On Amazon With The Right Keywords

Transcript

00:00
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifecouldherjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:29
Now today’s episode, I’m going to show you the quickest way to start selling on Amazon step by step by leveraging the power of artificial intelligence. I’m to go over everything about how to use AI to help you find a profitable product to sell, how to find suppliers, and how to put up a high converting listing with the power of AI. Now if you want to make a six figure income within a year, then there’s no better way to accomplish that goal than by selling physical products online. And the reason why I’m teaching you how to start selling on Amazon

00:59
in today’s episode is because Amazon has a large built-in audience of shoppers who are already looking to buy your products. You don’t need a website, you don’t really need any technical knowledge, all you need is a product to sell and a camera and you should be good to go. And by leveraging the power of AI and chat GPT, you can get up and running in record time. Now the first step obviously is to find a product or a niche to sell into. And the easiest way to do this,

01:26
is by looking at what you are interested in or knowledgeable about already. Basically, you want to sell a product in an area where you have some sort of expertise or an unfair advantage. For example, my student Amanda Wittenborn makes millions of dollars every year selling custom designed party supplies because that’s what she’s good at. She’s a genius at creating beautiful designs and she is super creative. Another student in my class, Jesse Funk, he was just interviewed in the last episode.

01:53
makes six figures selling card games because he loves to play and design his own games. And my friend Bill sells phone holders for drones because he flies drones for a living. Anyway, you get the point. Lots of people get stuck during the brainstorming phase. But if you are completely clueless about what to sell, you can simply ask ChatGPT. For example, let’s say you’re really into fishing, but you can’t think of anything to sell. Just open up ChatGPT and use this exact prompt.

02:22
Give me a list of 10 products that avid fishermen will want to buy that are novel or unique that do not involve electronics or tech. And within seconds, this is what Chad GPT gave me. Glow in the Dark Fishing Line. This product allows fishermen to see their line even in the dark, making night fishing a whole lot easier. Personalized Fishing Lures. Hand painted or gray fishing lures can make a unique gift for the avid fishermen. They can be personalized with names, dates, and colors and patterns. Magnetic Wristband.

02:52
for keeping track of small metal items like hooks, swivels, and other tackle accessories, fishing rod carrier sling, an ergonomic and efficient way to carry multiple rods and reels, leaving the fisherman’s hands free for other tasks. I’m not gonna read them all off, but there were a bunch. And if you don’t like any of the ideas that ChatShip BT suggests, you can just continue to ask it until it gives you a product that you might wanna sell.

03:16
By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now, after you find a potential product, the next step is to figure out if there is demand for that product. And to gauge how much money you can potentially make, you can use a tool called Jungle Scout. All you have to do is search for that product on Amazon and use the Jungle Scout Chrome tool to see how much that product sells for on Amazon. Now, out of all the ideas that I just read off,

03:47
Let’s just use magnetic wristband as an example, because that’s a product that Chad GPT suggested. Now, according to Jungle Scout, it looks like these magnetic wristbands sell extremely well on Amazon, generating over $9,000 per month in sales on average for each seller on the front page of Search. Sounds pretty good, but you never want to sell the exact same product as everyone else. So if you look at all the Amazon listings for magnetic wristbands, you’ll notice that almost all these wristbands look

04:16
pretty much identical. They are all black or red, and none of these listings have a phishing theme to it. And again, you never want to sell MeToo products, especially on Amazon, so you need to improve upon this product somehow. You always want to sell a better or a different mousetrap. So with ChatGPT once again, here’s what I would ask AI. If I wanted to sell magnetic wristbands, how could I make my product unique or different from everyone else? And here’s what ChatGPT said.

04:46
Design. You can offer your wristbands in a variety of colors, patterns, or styles to cater to different personal tastes. You can even offer a customization option where customers can choose their color and have their name or special message engraved on it. Material quality. You can use high quality, durable, and comfortable materials that will stand up to heavy use. The strength of the magnet. You can opt for stronger magnets that can hold more and heavier items securely. Make sure to test and verify the weight that each magnet can hold. Additional features.

05:16
You could consider adding extra features like a small pocket for non-magnetic items, a small built-in LED light for visibility in low light situations, or a hook to attach a fishing tool. Now, if you look at the other magnetic wristbands on Amazon, you’ll notice that none of them have an LED light built in or allow for personalization. And some people are also complaining that the magnets are weak. So thanks to ChachiBT, we now have our unique value proposition. Next step.

05:45
is to find a supplier who can provide you with the product you want at a price that allows you to make a profit. And there are number of ways to find a good supplier. For example, you can use Alibaba to search for manufacturers of the product you want to sell. You can filter your search by location, price, and other parameters to find the best supplier for your needs. can also attend a trade show like the Canton Fair. Attending a sourcing convention is always a great way to meet manufacturers and suppliers face to face, and it’s an opportunity to see their products up close.

06:14
Now before COVID, I actually used to go to the Canton Fair every other year. You can also hire a sourcing agent to help you find a supplier that meets your needs. And they are experts in finding and vetting suppliers, and they can save you a lot of time and effort. Now just for the same example, let’s just use Alibaba. I would simply type in Alibaba magnetic wristband. And according to Alibaba, these wristbands sell for about one to $3 per piece. And when using Alibaba, you should always filter for assessed suppliers only.

06:45
Now if I were to source these wristbands, I would message as many factories as I could for quotes to create a magnetic wristband with an LED light built in and extra strong magnets. I would also ask if I could print my own fishing themed image on the wristband. Now not every supplier is going to respond, but for the ones that do, you should ask to pay for a sample of the wristband. Make sure you’re happy with the quality, check the minimum order quantity and the pricing, and if you’re happy with what you receive,

07:13
you can then proceed to order a small batch of product to test the market, and then move on to larger orders once you’ve validated that your product is in demand. Now, when working with a supplier, make sure you have a clear and written agreement about the terms of the deal, including delivery times, payment methods, returns, and guarantees on quality. And for example, when we order linens for our store, we expect a defect ratio of less than 3%. It’s also important to keep open communication with your supplier to ensure that everything runs smoothly.

07:41
We have all of our vendors on WhatsApp or WeChat. Now as your product is being manufactured at the factory, it’s time to work on your Amazon listing. First off, you need to sign up for an account. I would recommend that you sign up for a professional seller account right away, because if you plan on making six figures, you’ll want all the added features that a professional selling account offers. Meanwhile, you also want to pick a brand name for your product and register the domain and make sure the trademark for your brand is available.

08:09
The best tool to brainstorm brand names is a tool called Brandsnap.ai. All you got to do is enter the products you want to sell and it will make up a ton of domains for your review where the domain and the trademark is available along with all your social media handles. Basically this tool will save you a ton of time. So looking at the list that Brandsnap generated, it came up with a name called FishingGears.com with a Z. I mean not a huge fan but I didn’t have time for this example to exhaustively brainstorm but

08:39
I do know that phishinggears.com is available along with the trademark and the social media handles. So then I would just register the domain and grab all the social handles and go back to Amazon. Now, if you are unfamiliar with selling on Amazon, Amazon is a search-based e-commerce marketplace. And basically what this means is that the way people shop on Amazon is by entering a search term for what they want to buy. So if you want to sell magnetic wristbands on Amazon, you must first know what people are searching for related to that product.

09:08
And the tool that I use to find out these keywords is called the Jungle Scout Keyword Scout. By typing in magnetic wristband in a Jungle Scout, it gives me all the permutations of the words magnetic wristband that people are searching for, along with the number of searches per month. For example, magnetic wristband gets about 4900 searches per month. Magnetic wristband for holding screws gets 5400 searches. Basically, you want to compile a list of as many different keywords as possible that people are searching for on Amazon for your product.

09:38
Jungle Scout does cost money though, but don’t be stingy. You absolutely need a tool like Jungle Scout because it’s impossible to predict what people are searching for online. For example, the keyword Cinturon para Jaramentias is one that I never in a million years would have thought of because I don’t speak Spanish. Now armed with this keyword list, it’s time for the final step. Create a high converting listing on Amazon with these keywords. Now in order for your product to be found on Amazon, you have to use the keywords that we found in Jungle Scout

10:08
in the titles and the bullet points. And this is basically how Amazon understands how to classify your products. Now, if you skip the Jungle Scout keyword step, then no one’s going to be able to find your products. And now for the fun part. You can literally ask ChatGPT to create your Amazon listing for you and incorporate the keywords in a well-written fashion that sounds natural. Here’s what you do. First off, if there’s already a product on Amazon that is similar to the one that you are selling,

10:35
you can tell ChatGPT to create you an Amazon listing based on that product. For example, I found a product and I found the ASIN, which is the Amazon part number. And then using ChatGPT, I entered this prompt to remind me with the details about that ASIN. And in order for this to work, there’s a special ChatGPT Amazon listing plugin that you must install. But once you enter in the prompt, at this point, ChatGPT will go out to Amazon and load that product into memory.

11:04
And then from there, you can simply tell ChatGPT to write a title and bullet points for your Amazon listing using the keywords that you researched with Jungle Scout. ChatGPT will then create your Amazon listing that you can just simply cut and paste into Amazon. And once your product arrives from the factory, you can then make your listing active and start selling immediately. So as you can see, by leveraging the power of AI, you can quickly and easily find a product to sell, find a brand name and domain,

11:33
Create an Amazon listing and start selling extremely quickly. Now obviously all this stuff is a little hard to explain in a podcast, so if you’re interested in learning more about how to get started selling online, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

487: Student Story – Making 6 Figures Selling Card Games And Board Games With Jesse Funk

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jesse Funk on the show. Jesse has been a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store Course for nine years. He runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at Davinci’s Room, and a body care brand called Solpri.

And he’s been running these businesses, generating a full time income for about eight years.

In this episode, we talk about the challenges of creating and selling card games and board games online.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Jesse decided to sell card games
  • How to research a good game to sell
  • How Jesse got his first sales and grew his business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m thrilled to have Jesse Funk on the show. Jesse has been a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course for eight or nine years now. He runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at davinchesroom.com and a body care brand called solpre.com. He’s been running these businesses, generating a full-time income for about eight years.

00:29
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the challenges of creating and selling card games and board games online. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council.

01:25
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their intellectual property. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult.

01:54
If you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EmergeCouncil.com, E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U and S-E-L. Now onto the show.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have a longtime student and friend on the show, Jesse Funk. Jesse runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at davinci’sroom.com and Solpre, which is a store that sells hydration and body care products for athletes. Jesse’s a great guy and I’ve had the pleasure of seeing him every single year practically at my annual e-commerce conference, the seller summit. And in this episode, Jesse’s gonna tell us.

02:37
The abortion story behind his two companies and how he makes a living selling online. What’s up, Jesse? How’s it going, man? Steve, thanks for having me. Yeah, long time student friend. I don’t know. I’ve been hanging around a long time. I don’t know exactly when. I can tell you how much your course cost when I picked it up, but I don’t know if you want me to say that at this point. I think you joined like eight years ago, I want to say seven or eight years ago. Yeah, so I’ve been doing this full time, I think eight years now. Yeah.

03:06
with so no other source of income. And yeah, I started kind of my entrepreneurial journey. It depends on how you want to look at it. You either say I was a child or you can say I was like 1920. I say that because two stories from when I was a kid. One, I don’t know if they do those like silly fundraisers, you know, when they still do. Oh, yeah. Yeah. I’m sure your kids have done. Yeah. But just like

03:35
So I grew up in kind of a, I’ll say like lower middle class neighborhood. We weren’t like struggling, but we didn’t have tons of stuff. I was always taken care of. had food. You know, my parents did well by me, but there was the, well, would say the rich neighborhood next to us. And so a friend of mine and I decided we were going to do this fundraiser and we wanted to win whatever silly prize, you know, they give the kids whatever it is, sunglasses or.

04:04
whatever silly thing, you know. And so we’re elementary school kids, so maybe third grade. And we decide we’re going to go by ourselves and take our magazines and sell whatever gift wrap paper or whatever it is, the fundraiser is in the quote unquote rich neighborhood. My parents were coming back from somewhere and saw us out and I was in so much trouble for being unsupervised, walking around trying to like sell stuff to neighbors. And then my

04:34
My mom told me a story I don’t even recall about when I was a kid. I guess I made some drawings and then I was trying to like go to the neighbors and like sell my drawings and you know, get them to buy. And so I guess I’ve always had some kind of. It’s a new blood. Yeah. I mean, another kid story I remember there was there was like a mock city thing we did in second or third grade where

05:04
every, so like, was trying to teach kids about the economy. And so as a class, you decided on like, this is our currency, ours were puck bucks because they were hockey themed for some reason. And so we made paper currency, everybody got, you know, the same amount of money to start. And then each kid would have a different shop. You got to decide what that shop would be. Maybe you would make handmade stuff, whatever.

05:31
My mom hooked me up with the good stuff. I got to sell candy. So everybody wanted to buy stuff for me, but I didn’t care about buying anything from anybody else. So at the end, I had like the most Puck Bucks and everybody, because I was like, I mean, I got the candy. That’s what I want. And I got all the Puck Bucks and that’s what I wanted. So like, it was just kind of an early, delayed gratification situation where the teacher was like, okay, you guys have all these Puck Bucks left and she had like an auction. So I could just bid up on everything like a

06:00
like a rich little kid with my fake, fake money on whatever it was she had for auction. So, um, so I guess I began early, uh, but as far as these particular businesses, um, they kind of came after I had tried a number of things. It depends on how you want to look at it in terms of what a try is. Um, so to speak, some things I probably gave up on too early, some things I probably gave up on at the right time.

06:30
but somewhere between six to a dozen different attempts at like product tries or business, know, some things I made a couple thousand bucks, some things made absolutely nothing, some things never even got launched. But the game business started actually in adult party games when Cards Against Humanity was huge and there was nothing else out. So there was this just massive demand and a huge vacuum of space where

07:00
There were not a lot of other options. So I had launched a game called awkward turtle at the time. It’s kind of a play on taboo. It’s like a word guessing game and it’s not like outright dirty. It’s like, um, how people don’t like the word moist. That’s true. hate that word. Right. So it’s stuff. It’s words like that. And, and so I kind of launched, I didn’t originally intend to be like,

07:26
my business is on Amazon. just was like, well, Cards Against Humanity is on Amazon. So I’ll put this on Amazon. And then, you know, it took off because it was in this big vacuum and I made- Can we talk, let’s back up. this first- How do you come up with it? Like I wouldn’t be able to come up it. Are you just a creative person that- Oh yeah, no. So this is why-

07:49
Uh, me and Amanda get along well. So Amanda Wittenborn, that’s episode 269 from Steve’s podcast. If anybody wants to listen to her episode, that’s why Amanda and I get along so well. So we’re both kind of creatives. Um, I did a lot of art stuff in high school. Uh, I play the violin, I write music. Um, so yeah, I kind of combined the creative and analytical things together. I always like to say, I am putting my undergrad degree to work.

08:18
I double majored in math and psychology and everybody was like, what are you gonna do with that? And my senior thesis was on Texas Hold’em poker theory, so I wrote like a 50-page paper on that. So I guess I’d blow my spot up if I had to play poker with you guys anytime. But no, so I’m always taking kind of disparate ideas and bringing them together. So it’s like a game is…

08:48
I mean, a game in many ways is just like building a logical system, but then on the back end, it’s And then you have to go like, where does fun come from? And behind me, I’ve got some like analytical books that talk about what is fun and where does fun come from? And one of the things that is fun is a challenge. Something that can’t be too easy, but not too hard. Like it has to hit this right.

09:17
Yeah. Level of difficulty. And that’s how you have like age grades for games. And you have to like figure out, okay, at this age, in this case, talking about that original game for adults, it can’t be too difficult to guess the word, but it can’t be too easy either. Because if you just breeze through it, then you’re like, well, that sucked. But if it’s too hard, then you’re like, I can’t guess any of these, it still sucks. So you have to hit that sweet spot of

09:45
Okay, I didn’t get this one, but I got the next one. like, you know, it’s, like an achievable challenge. And that that’s a type of fun. So walk me through the process. So you developed the game, like how long do have to play test it before you launch it? Or do you just launch it and see how it goes? Yeah, that’s assuming that I play test. No, so I mean, I do need to do more play testing. I’ve never really had a great formal play test group. So I’ve used my family.

10:14
I’ve used Friends. One of the local board game bars here in Kansas City has always wanted me to come out, but I’m like, especially the games I make now, they’re for children. Like, they’re not really the typical hobby shop, like, kind of games that would make sense in that setting. So I go through it and just kind of, because most of them are so relatively simple, I just debug.

10:43
myself for the most part and then launch it. Sometimes it ends up well, sometimes that means I fall on my face. But then I learned things along the way. One of the things that went wrong with Awkward Turtle, that very first one, is it basically has no replay value. Unless you’ve forgotten the words. Because once you know the words in the deck, then so I did well because there was such a vacuum. But if I was to do it, launch it again today,

11:13
I think it would fall flat because I need a much bigger deck of cards to be competitive. Margins would be thinner. You know, I just don’t know that it would work in this environment because there’s so much competition in that space now. So it was kind of like right place, right time. And a little bit unnerving in that. So I went from what, like the year prior to launching that

11:42
I think my W2 or whatever, guess I was like doing the Craigslist hustle, buying electronics and refurbishing them and sell them and stuff. I think I made $15,000, $18,000 or something in profit that year. And then the following year I made over $100,000 in profit. So it was like a little bit of indication of like, I’ve been trying and trying and trying and trying and then here we are. But also it felt too easy.

12:12
Because it was like, I mean, I from, from concept to launch, we’re talking about like three months. And then all of a sudden it’s just rolling and rolling and rolling in. And I had years of it’s all going to go away. It’s all going to go away. Like I gotta keep, I gotta keep going or it’s all going to go away. And I was right in some sense, like that game makes like 10 bucks a month now. Like it’s cycles. It’s product cycles basically gone. Okay.

12:42
You have like a dozen games now though, right? was looking at- Yeah, yeah, I’ve got a dozen games. my typical, so like one of the things that from the conference and prior to the conference that I had talked about with like my mastermind is like process improvement and getting out of your own way. So I’ve done well to this point, you know.

13:09
like two mid six figure businesses in terms of revenue, but I’m kind of in my own way in that with the games, I can typically only launch one or two SKUs a year. Cause it takes time to think about it. What’s the opportunity? How do I approach it? How do I make something better? That’s the hard part of developing your own IP is, you know, making something original. So my, my process improvement for myself this year, because I want to get to the seven figure and beyond point,

13:40
is to get out of my own way. So mentally, I’ve made the shift from I’m a game designer to I’m the creative director. I don’t design games anymore. So I’m handing off more stuff. I already handed off work to like the artists because they can make much better artwork than I can. But like, hey, you know, get my VA to help me on on product research to do some of that bulk stuff that takes time.

14:09
you know, all still have hands on some of these products a little bit. Um, but then, you know, when we come to new games, it’s higher game designer, there’s freelance game designers. It’ll help you put something together and then I can have them help put it together. I can tweak it if I need to. They can help play test, but then now compared to one to two skews a year for the last, you know, eight years, I have like eight skews in development for this year.

14:38
Nice. So, you know, I’m really trying to speed up how fast I can go. And at this point, I’m really only constrained by capital. Like I can run more projects, but I don’t have more money. So I have to see how they go first before I move on to the next opportunities. Let me ask you this. I think selling games, especially on the Amazon is probably the hardest thing I can think of because people aren’t searching for these new games, right? So how do you even get those initial sales?

15:06
Yeah, well, see, and that’s kind of the trick, right? Let me take a drink of water real quick.

15:13
So I get pitched games from time to time from friends, from strangers. And they go, oh, I this game idea. I want to give it to you. And I think you can make it a success. I’m like, OK, well, I can’t remember if you’ve done a video about this. You probably have, because you’ve done a video about just about everything. But when you’re looking at business, you’re basically talking about two kinds of businesses, demand generation and demand capture.

15:44
I work on demand capture and you’re asking, okay, well, nobody’s searching for these games, but I only build games that people are searching for. And you go, well, how do you develop your own IP if you’re already searching for it? So like, that’s part of the reason I shifted to like education games, because people want like, I have a board game that teaches kids math. People are looking for math games. There’s already demand out there. The trick is figuring out.

16:13
where inside of that big pocket that there’s opportunity like maybe I don’t know but say like let’s Matthew because I can relate to that yes I think parents are really frustrated with I haven’t done this and maybe there’s opportunity here so I’m speaking out of my butt here but like with common core people have had a real tough time with common yeah so maybe there’s opportunity and now I’m gonna have to go look at this after this podcast so maybe there’s opportunity to help

16:42
kids learn Common Core math with a game. And you don’t like, that’s kind of an unearthed niche that maybe nobody’s addressing. But once parents see it, when they’re looking for math games, then they go, oh, I want to buy that. And then consequently, the Amazon algorithm kind of takes over when they go, oh, this is performing much better for this audience type. They’ll start to shove it out to outlier keywords and figure it out.

17:10
And then you’ll like over time, if you’ve done your branding properly for the game, people will start to search volume for that specific game as well. Well, I’m curious, like that turtle game, like what search terms over for that bidding on like taboo or. Yeah, I think I was I was bidding on cards against me at the time because there was nothing else. So it was like it was like on the search volume, people would look for cards against humanity.

17:39
And then the search page, like I was like result within the top 10 results for Cargius humanity because there was nothing else. So there’s just this massive volume plus because I called it awkward turtle. And at the time that was a much bigger cultural reference. It kind of got some of that as well.

17:58
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

18:28
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

18:56
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

19:14
Okay, I get it. Okay, so there’s initial, you’re not doing adult games anymore, are you? I mean, so I have like some products aimed at adults, but they’re not adult party games. Right, because those, like today, you just said there’s just so much competition that you couldn’t piggyback on our cards against Yeah, I mean, my biggest successes are always launching into a gap. Okay. Where I go, here’s demand, there’s low competition, and then here’s a product. Finding those gaps is the difficult part.

19:43
And I don’t know that I have like a perfect formula for doing that. If I did, I would probably be making a lot, lot more money. But that’s how I always do the best is go, okay, here’s a gap. And then also I’m going to improve this product by five different features or five different aspects as well. Do you use any tools outside of the ordinary or? I mean, after the conference, I just started using Data Dive, but like I have…

20:12
an OG Jungle Scout account where I paid like a hundred bucks back when Greg started and I don’t pay the monthly. So like I have that, I, tools wise, I mean, I’ve got a lifetime access to Uber suggest to get some of that like trend data off of Amazon in terms of trying to figure out keyword search volume. And like, there, is there an idea? use Google trends. But a lot of it’s like just manual.

20:42
going down rabbit holes of these products, okay, what makes these products unique? Who are they speaking to? What’s their audience? What’s the sales volume? And then kind of making a, I don’t know, a product cloud for lack of a better term. And then figuring out, again, the commonalities, the differentiators, and do I believe there’s a gap? like, I’ll show you after we get done recording, because I don’t want to talk about anything new I don’t have out yet.

21:12
I’ve got a product sitting on my desk that I think is a, again, fits that demand capture side where there are people looking for this kind of product, but the way that I’ve done it, nobody else has done it this way yet. So I think it’s one of those situations where like I told my family, it’ll either do well or it’ll completely fall flat on its face because generally,

21:39
when you see other people doing things and they’re selling well, you go, like people want that. Clearly they’re buying it. But if you launch something that’s different, you could be launching something nobody wants. Right. Or you could be launching something people want, but they just didn’t have yet. Yeah. I mean, I feel like that it’s like that with every game. Right. So we talked about math games earlier. I actually got from that game. So I know exactly.

22:07
So when I used to go on Amazon for these math games, actually social proof played in an order amount of weight in what I buy, right? I wanted to, and I actually read all the reviews. In my case, I looked for Asian people leaving reviews too, because I mean, and then I would get those. So is it about first mover advantage in a lot of cases to get those reviews and build that vote? It seems that way generally, but there have definitely been.

22:37
like competitors come in in my spaces and like take a little bit here and there. Despite, you know, like some of my best games have in the thousands of reviews now. Wow. They’re kind of hard to, to move out of place. But you know, if a theme resonates better with somebody or like, you know, there’s, they approach it slightly differently. And that again, so like,

23:07
My games are set in stone. They have their rules and that’s what they are. So my addition and subtraction game, it’s not focused on common core. So I’ll go back to my example. So if somebody came in and they’re like, well, I have addition and subtraction game and it covers all the same topics, but it covers it by using common core, well, now that differentiator may be more important than first mover advantage. I also think it’s…

23:36
And this is part of the business that I’ve been trying to figure out, but because I have zero corporate background, I just don’t know. I think you get spillover from off-platform promotion. So be it retail, be it ads, whatever it is, I think you get a lot of people searching for products they’ve seen in someplace else, shops or whatever it is.

24:04
And I just don’t have that avenue figured out yet.

24:11
Can I ask you what your best selling game is and why you think it’s the best selling game? Oh, so my best selling game right now is a game called Don’t Go Bananas. So it is a game focused on working with kids to identify and understand their emotions instead of being reactive to them. All right. So I think that’s my best selling game at the moment.

24:41
in part because I’m a little entrenched. It’s been around for a minute. And again, I launched it into a gap. So there was like one competitor at the time, maybe two. And it’s specifically focused on a type of therapy called cognitive behavioral therapy. And so I use some of the principles, like basic principles of CBT to build that game. And that’s a little difficult in that.

25:08
You want to make it a game, you also want to have the parent or teacher or clinician have the ability to work the method. So it’s successful. the one aspect that it was launched into a gap, also because I made a card game and the big competitor at the time was like a $60 board game, while I offered something at a quarter of the price and I could still be profitable.

25:39
You know, if you’re using a tool to help kids, you can pay four times as much or, you know, a quarter of the price and get going. So all those things helped doing my job in terms of a game designer and actually building a game that also serves as a tool leads to those good reviews. And that helps in the longterm because if it’s, if it’s crap, somebody’s going to supplant you at some point. Right.

26:08
So that’s kind of the various factors I see, I guess. And people were looking for cognitive therapy games. Was that like the search term? Yeah, the search term was like, I don’t if it was therapy games or CBT games or whatever it was. like that, yeah. there was, again, demand capture. And I was like, well, with my psychology background, I’m comfortable with understanding the concepts.

26:37
might be used. I aimed originally aimed the game at parents and teachers because I typically build for laypeople, but I have a lot of counselors, clinicians, therapists who buy the game and use it in their practice. And I didn’t anticipate that. Oh, so you didn’t actually market to them specifically call them up right now. It’s just strictly Amazon demand generation. Interesting. So you’re it sounds like you’re very deliberate.

27:04
least like you probably do keyword research and whatnot. look for a gap, some sort of spit on it, then you make it your own. Right. Yeah. So I that, and that’s where like, when people pitch me games, I go like, it sounds like a great game, but it just, doesn’t fit my business model. don’t, I don’t, I’d love to figure out how to do that, how to do demand generation instead of demand capture. Um, it’s just not currently in my skillset. So if I could figure out that component, uh, you know,

27:33
I’ll go a lot faster, lot farther, a lot faster. So I mean, all of that just involves content really, you know, to track the audience and that sort of thing. I am curious though. So once you come up with the game, let’s say in your case, it’s cards. Do you actually have those printed in the U S first, or do you go straight to get them both printed in Asia or something like that? So I’ve used a mixture. So I have U S printing resources and I have Chinese printing resources.

28:04
It depends on what the product is. depends on how many units I’m running, that kind of stuff. I’ll say nowadays, I don’t do anything without just running a thousand copies off and just launching it. A thousand copies is typically the minimum. For Asia or is this US? US definitely. Asia, you can go 500, but you’re going to basically pay

28:32
double your unit cost. Like the actual dollars you need to spend to get 500 or 1000, you need to spend maybe 10 % more to get 1000 versus 500. like, really? Yeah. It all has to do with how printing works. So there’s, there is labor involved in setting up a printing press, setting up the files and all that kind of stuff. And it doesn’t matter how many copies you run. There’s just a setup of labor.

29:01
whether you run one copy or whether you run 100,000 copies. So that labor gets distributed over your units. So when you’re running 500 copies, that’s great, but that labor was the same whether you ran 500 or 1,000. So when you run the 1,000, then you’re hitting a more comfortable minimum and your unit cost will go down. So it’s just a current kind of a reality of printing. There are people that find

29:31
you know, local printers that’ll run smaller units of stuff, but not typically cards. Cards have special card stock that is expensive to buy in the U.S. It’s a specialty item. You’re just not usually going to get less than a thousand. You can, you can. I used to do this and this is what I did with Awkward Turtle. When I launched it, I only ordered like hundred copies. I spent like a thousand, I put a thousand bucks on a credit card.

30:01
knowing I had 15 months to pay it off and zero APR. And I ordered like a hundred copies just to test it. My unit cost was like, God, I don’t even know, eight or $10 a copy. was, you’re never gonna make money at that, but you’re gonna figure out is it, does it sell? And I figured out, okay, it does sell. And I moved on from there. I’m comfortable enough and have enough capital reserve that I go ahead and

30:30
order the thousand now because then that gives me plenty of margin to run breakeven or negative on ads to test out and have the units to run through without going, I’m out of stock. It’s going to be weeks or months before I have more stock. Since it’s so labor intensive, like you mentioned, doesn’t it automatically just make kind of cheaper? I’ll say yes, with exceptions.

31:00
I have a new supplier I’m working with that makes that rule absolutely true. But historically, card games would be cheaper in China and then board games would be cheaper in the US for short runs. So anything less than 10,000 units because of the size and shipping that gets involved. Oh, okay. So the freight is what tips it over the edge. Right.

31:28
So the unit cost itself would be lower, but board games take up lot of space. So then that takes up more volume, your shipping cost goes up, and then now you’re on par with the US printers that print games. if you are, generally, if you’re going to print a board game, you may be better off with the US printer. Like the printer I’ve used for a long time, they’re awesome because I can order in the US.

31:57
The lead time is like eight weeks instead of 12 to 16 weeks. And then they have a storage facility. So I order it, they palletize it, put it in their warehouse, and then they’ll move it for me whenever I need it. So I never have to touch it. I don’t have to arrange another 3PL. I don’t have to do any of that. Interesting. So they are your 3PL. Right. And they charge like $10 a pallet a month. It’s lower than 3PL rates for storage. And they do that in bit because it’s subsidized by their production process. So that’s just a…

32:27
competitive advantage that they’ve built in for themselves. they ship out individual units for you too or no? They’ll ship anywhere between one to as many as I have. Oh, that’s incredible. Yeah. Okay. Can you explain to me what the economics of a card game are? I imagine like the values and your IP, right? So the gross margins must be really high. Yeah. Yeah. So yeah. So that’s part of the reason you see a lot of people launch card games because the margins can be very good, but

32:57
They have a very high failure rate. So Because there’s so like so much competition your IP gonna resonate with people all that kind of stuff. So Say I’m ordering it depends on how many cards we’re talking about. So like this start back a 52 card there, right? I don’t know how many cards you well, I can actually just if you give me it’s like I know we’re like we’re alive, but I can

33:23
there’s actually a card game, cool calculator, can, okay, yeah, real time. Okay, cool. So let’s do like card against humanity. So card against humanity has I think 250 cards in their deck, it’s a big box. It’s more expensive to have those two piece boxes than to have tuck boxes. I typically try to focus on tuck boxes because of that. That is one complaint I get about my my product sometimes is that they’re not in a two piece box. But I can tell you that

33:51
A two-piece box will typically add several dollars onto a short run versus a tuck box is in the cents range. I could see that. 20 to 50 cents. So, okay. So 250 cards. Let’s go a thousand units. So if I want to do, I think cards used for many cards are like regular card size, like playing card size, if I remember right. Is this calculator using? this a?

34:19
Chinese or American? This is for a Chinese printer. Oh, wow. They have a calculator. Nice. Well, it’s the US broker that works with a Chinese printer. So it’s very friendly. So guess free shout out for Print Ninja. I’ve worked with them for very long time. They’re great people. They’ve always taken care of me. So I’m using Print Ninja’s. Nice. Our game cool calculator. Which is nice, because then you can go out and figure out, I can’t afford 250 cards, but I can afford 150 cards.

34:47
is that competitive in this space? like, that helps without doing some of the back and forth with your CSR, which can be a pain in the butt for them. I’ll never tell you that, but it is, so don’t do that. So with Cards Against Humanity, we’re looking at almost $9 a deck for 200, for a thousand units, which actually is better than I anticipated. I was thinking that was kind of high. didn’t. Well, it’s not.

35:16
It’s not for Again, it’s that the more units you run, the more you can offset that upfront labor cost of setting up the presses. What percentage of that $9 is set up for a thousand I couldn’t tell you. Don’t get that break down. So then like, okay, let’s pull… So I’m pulling cars because you may have to be a revenue calculator. Here’s the way you figured out. Why don’t you just put in one unit? We’ll tell you how much it costs.

35:44
You have to do at least $500. Oh, you do? OK, never mind. I’m going to guess the setup cost is. So the actual unit cost is like $6.5 and then shipping is $2,200. OK. That’s boat shipping. So it’s going to be like eight weeks. But I’m guessing some setup for that is going to be in the neighborhood of $4,000 to $5,000 because that’s probably about what you’re going to see for the $500 unit run.

36:13
But then you compare that like it’s like, I think Car’s Use Humanity is $29 now, but originally it was 25 bucks. So it’s only a 3X markup? That seems low. Yeah. So here’s the trick. This is the big pain. So Car’s Use Humanity, 25 bucks, cost of goods sold, $9. I have a net profit margin of $5.81 or 23%. You typically don’t make money at a thousand units.

36:43
Okay. need to, you typically have to order three, four, or 5,000 units. So when you are ordering, you’re ordering predicated on the idea, I’m going to order more if the test goes well and it has a high enough sales volume.

37:03
And that’s one of the difficulties is that, so to test a game like Cards Against Humanity, I’ve got to plop down 9,000 bucks, but I’m not even going to make money on that. If I want to make money on it, I got to order 3000 copies and I can tell you how much they cost here in a second. so without doing the, I won’t do the quote again, but it’s probably going to be on the order of 18 to $20,000 to make that order. Let’s say it’s six.

37:33
Yeah, it’s going to be somewhere between $15,000 and $20,000. That’s a pretty good range. So you just have to be well capitalized and you have to pick your spots when you launch because if you don’t, well, I just burned nine grand and I’m not getting it back. It’s not selling. I’m not making any money on it. But when it does work. Give me your parameters for working, by the way. You could sell out the initial

38:03
thousand units in like a year, is that considered good or how fast would they have to sell? For me, it depends. I because I basically just piled cash for a while, like I live cheap and just piled cash because of that like paranoid, it’s going to go away thing. have. I have more capital reserve than I necessarily have projects, at least until this year that I could get out.

38:32
because my time was my bottleneck. So if I made an order and it took 18 months to sell through it, well, it doesn’t expire. I’m making money on it. I can’t put that money to use anywhere else that it’s going to bring more money back. I’m satisfied with that. In an ideal world, I would turn things over six months or less. I would rather buy a year’s worth of inventory

39:01
get my unit cost really low and make more money per unit and then sit on it, then turn in six months and have a higher unit cost. Sure. I would imagine these cards are heavily holiday sales. Actually, maybe not for the education ones. Not for the educational stuff. But yes, for awkward turtle, it definitely was. And that was a challenge for years. There were years I underordered and I missed out on tens of thousands of dollars of sales at Christmas time. And then years I overordered and then I beat overstocked.

39:31
whole units back. That was another advantage of moving to educational games. It sees a little bump at Christmas, but it’s pretty just steady sailing throughout the year. It doesn’t bring the headaches and logistical challenges that some of that giftable stuff does. I gave my kids a math game once for Christmas and they didn’t like it. Of course you did. I stopped doing that. Congratulations. Your SAT vocabulary 101 book has arrived.

40:00
Oh, right. Like, oh, dang, awesome video game. They open it like, oh. So really, the big money is when if you have a winner. OK, so you order a thousand units. Let’s say you saw six months. What’s your second order look like? I mean, it depends on sales volume. So like, you know, I think Greg’s not doing the videos anymore as far as I can see. But, you know, Greg’s got all those old jungle scout videos where he’s like, I want 300 units a month or whatever. Right, right.

40:27
That’s kind of the metric that sticks in my head because it’s nice and I can go and order 3000 units and that is typically is where you start to get into a cost of goods sold range 3000 up. So that’s kind of what I’m looking for. If I can get two 300 units a month and that’s typically a pretty good winner to me. If it can go beyond that, I’m not gonna complain your cost of goods are gonna go down more and you’re gonna make more money.

40:56
You know, that’s what I’d like. I guess what I’m asking is once you sell out of that thousand units in six months, why not just, mean, the cost of storage is so cheap, why not just buy 10,000 units, just let it ride at ridiculously low prices? Oh yeah, I mean, well, it’s just capital exposure. So it just depends on how you want to allocate your assets. if, now I’m not as flush as I’d like to be.

41:23
But if I’ve got a million bucks in the bank and it’s not doing anything, okay, well, over 10,000 units and no, it’s gonna take me three years to sell through. The trouble with that when you are bootstrapping like I did because I bootstrapped all of this, I didn’t have loans from anybody, it was all of my own money reinvested, all starting off that $1,000 on that credit card, is that, well, if you tie it up,

41:54
well then where’s the money for the new stuff coming from? Where’s the money from living coming from? So it’s just a matter of managing where your money’s tied up. And also, like in the case of Awkward Turtle, like I said, makes like 10 bucks a month now. I still have like 5,000 copies of that. So I’ve several thousand dollars stuck in this game I may never get back out.

42:20
So that’s the risk on the long end is if your product cycle ends before your run stops, then that’s just money you lost. Yeah. I guess you just have to weigh like, cause your new products are risks, Whereas one that’s already selling. Yeah. That’s tough. It’s tough. Yeah. It’s all risk reward. mean, it’s, it’s a little bit quantitative. It’s a little bit qualitative. mean, that’s being an entrepreneur, right? It’s like figuring out.

42:49
what you think your best bet are, making the best decisions you can for risk reward, and living within your own risk tolerance. Let me ask you this question, and maybe we can edit on this one. For your math games, has any of them ended its life cycle yet? Because I think those don’t have life cycles. Not of the ones that have taken off. The ones that never took off, they just pitted along. But I guess I’ll say,

43:20
The one that did take off, has had competitors come in and diminish its sales to about 50 % of its peak. And I’ve been working on trying to gain space back, but it hasn’t died. It has made it more difficult in that sales volumes, if it gets too low, then I can’t justify ordering those three, four, 5,000, 6,000 units I need to have the right cost of goods.

43:50
So even if it doesn’t die, if the sales volume gets too low, then instead of ordering a year’s worth of inventory, I’m now ordering four years of inventory. Got it, yeah. And that’s its own risk. Yeah. Do you register copyrights for all of your games? Generally speaking, yeah. I have trademarks for some of the games. I have trademarks for the brand. mean, copyright’s automatic, but you typically want to register it with Library of Congress.

44:20
So if you are thinking about doing a game, it’s easier to register your copyright with the USPTO, the Copyright Office, and Library of Congress before you publish. Once you publish, you have to send physical copies in. If you do it before, you can send them digital of the artwork. It’s like 50 bucks. It’s very cheap. So much easier to do it pre-launch than post-launch. I’ve done it both ways. It takes much longer to get it back to when you have to have

44:48
So I’ve got copies of Awkward Turtle in the Library of Congress because I had to send out physical copies. yeah, yeah, registering that stuff helps. But generally nowadays, if you have that trademark and stuff, you can you can deal with counterfeiters pretty swiftly. OK. Any like pieces of advice for anyone out there listening who wants to create their own game?

45:15
If you want to create your own game, don’t. There are, I guess I would say, ask yourself the question, am I a game designer or am I an entrepreneur? If your answer is the latter, find a different niche.

45:41
just because there’s easier opportunities. Like one of my mentors always, this phrase stuck in my head, because I’d never heard anybody say it before. He always says, don’t push a rope uphill. Don’t make the work harder for you than you already have. I’m in this business because I kind of stumbled into it and then I kind of figured it out and I’ve already got things going. I don’t know that I would start again, given the environment now, if I didn’t.

46:10
already have the resources that I have at my disposal. Okay, that makes sense. I mean, I always think of like games like Settlers of Catan and how Tickets to Ride, I’m sure those guys are banking it. Well, yeah, and they’ve got, they work with big publishers, those game designers, they work. So that’s the model I’m moving towards is instead of being the game designer, I want to be the publisher. Right. bring the game designers on. But those are games that have done well. There’s thousands and thousands of games that are

46:39
being there in landfills or being recycled that you’ve never heard of that art sellers of Catan and art to get to ride and art cards against humanity. the barrier entry is so low. Yeah. Well, you still need some capital. You need some capital, but as far as like, there’s not really technical know-how. Like, I mean, you design processors, right? Like, I don’t know how to design a processor. can’t.

47:08
I can’t compete with your old employer. can’t just, unless I hire you maybe, but just like, I can’t just go start a processor company, but many, many people can go decide, hey, I’m going to go build a game. And then out of those tons and tons of failures come a few gems that kind of pop up here and there. And they become those sellers of Kutan and Ticket to Ride and that kind of thing. Yeah.

47:33
Yeah, I mean, it’s like the venture capital model, right? It’s the Amazon. You’re investing in a bunch of products and yeah, we’re going to hit some of them. You just don’t stock the losers and you stock the wetters. Yeah, you risk you risk as little as you can to make as much as you can. And I guess I’ll say if you want to go with the game model method, typically my personal risk threshold, I will only risk as much money as I believe I can make in a month.

48:02
in profit, not in revenue. So if I think a product can make $3,000 a month in profit, I’m fine risking $3,000 on an initial run. Interesting. That’s just my personal bend. Yeah. It’s not based on, I have an MBA and it’s this, no, that’s just how I run things. I can’t speak for anybody else. Right. And that’s from based on the calculations, that’s like good for like a three to 500 deck run. Right. Essentially right. Cool.

48:32
Yeah. Well, Jesse, this is enlightening. You know, it’s funny, we see each other at Seller Summit, but we rarely talk about business, ironically. Well, you’re always busy and, you know, so I talked to you a little bit and you talk about business so much. Sometimes it’s just, you talk about other stuff. Yeah. How’s the wife? How’s the kids? How’s all that stuff? So. Yeah, but it’s good to hear more about this business because I’ve always found games really intimidating.

48:58
And you justified some of those fears today, but on the flip side, you know, if you’re creative, it’s a piece of IP that you designed that people can’t really just directly copy you, which makes it attractive on that front. Yeah. Yeah. If you can get established, you’re in good space, but this is the getting established part that’s difficult. Cool. Jesse, if everyone wants to check out your games or your other products, where can they find you?

49:26
Typically, I would say, you know, go to the website DaVinci’s Room, but don’t do that. Just go to Amazon and search for DaVinci’s Room games. I built the website on OpenCart 10 years ago when I had no money. So I haven’t changed it since. We’re working on a Shopify conversion this year, but the website is basically a big dumpster fire. So it looks terrible at the time being. But yeah, so check them out on Amazon. So DaVinci Room games and it should come up with.

49:56
get you the storefront and all the products that’s up there. Nice. I will say this, like if you get your website up, like when I buy math games, for example, I buy them all. Yeah. Typically. And I can be cross sold and I’ve got a collection of them. Yeah. It’s like that. It’s one of those things where, I mean, you know this and talk about it. just like time and attention. You know, most return for the least amount of effort and

50:25
Where am I going to spend my time? just the website has been, I mean, it’s just not good. I don’t do a lot of off Amazon marketing for that particular, for the game company. So at least yet. So it just hasn’t been a big priority. We’re moving that direction, you know, but historically it’s been, Amazon’s been working for me. So I just kind of doubled in on that and let the dumpster fire of a website ride. So. Nice.

50:55
Well Jesse and thanks a lot for coming on the show. Appreciate your time. Yeah, thanks for having me.

51:03
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jesse is one of the most creative people that I’ve ever met and his story just shows that artists can launch successful e-commerce businesses. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitajob.com slash episode 47. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon FBA or you own your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you get $100 off.

51:33
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

52:03
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

486: Easy 5 Step Guide To Starting A Dropshipping Business (The Legitimate Way) – Family First Friday

486: Easy 5 Step Guide To Starting A Dropshipping Business (The Legitimate Way) – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday Episode, I show you the right way to start a dropshipping online store step by step.

I’ll unpack the essentials of dropshipping, help you identify a profitable niche, and guide you to select reliable suppliers. You’ll also learn how to set up a compelling online store and make your first sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Dropshipping Works
  • The Easiest Way To Find A Legit Dropship Supplier
  • Types Of Dropshipping Businesses That You Should Avoid At All Costs

Transcript

00:00
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:29
Now I got to admit, it’s been a pretty rough week for me. Now when you run your online store on a heavily customized shopping cart that’s no longer being supported by anyone, you have to manage the upgrades yourself and it’s always a major pain in the butt. Not only that, but the upgrade that I spent a lot of work doing on this week literally provides no lift to revenue or anything whatsoever. Now the only saving grace is that my shopping cart is 100 % free.

00:57
and I only have to perform major surgery on the code about every five years or so. Now you guys probably noticed that there was no Family First Friday episode last week. Well, it’s because I spent a full 16 hours upgrading bumblebeelinens.com to the latest and greatest PHP version, and it was a major pain. And then, when the site went live this week, halfway through, my wife found a major bug, which took me about three hours to fix, which I then had to apply while the site was hot.

01:27
and customers ordering at the same time. Anyway, everything is all good now, and hopefully I won’t have to do this again for another five years. But I’m not here to complain. In this episode, I’m going to show you guys the right way to start a dropshipping business step by step that can eventually lead to a long-term business. And to be clear, I’m not going to show you how to start the scammy kind of dropshipping businesses that you see all over YouTube and Facebook.

01:52
you’ll learn how to create a legit dropshipping business that you can later transition to a private label online store as your business matures. Now, if you’ve been following me for any length of time, you probably know that I don’t like dropshipping as a long-term business model. Not only are the margins low at between 10 and 30%, but because you’re selling other people’s products, there’s going to be a lot of other sellers selling the exact same product as you, which always leads to price erosion. However, I do understand that many of you

02:22
don’t have a lot of money to start an e-commerce business, and dropshipping just happens to be one of the cheapest ways to get started selling online on a major budget. But before we begin, I just want to quickly highlight the types of dropshipping businesses that you should avoid at all costs. Now, if you ever see someone advertising a dropshipping business that involves dropshipping from AliExpress or dropshipping directly from China, just run away as far as you can. The shipping’s going to be long.

02:50
and the quality control will not be that great, which will lead to all sorts of customer service problems later on. If you ever see someone advertising drop shipping from Amazon to eBay, or from any marketplace to a different marketplace, do not do it. Almost every marketplace, including Amazon and eBay, only allow drop shipping from real wholesale distributors. So with that in mind, let’s get started. Now, just in case you are brand new to drop shipping, drop shipping is an e-commerce business model

03:18
where an online store does not carry inventory for the products that it sells. And when an order comes in, the online store purchases the products from the wholesale supplier who then ships the order directly to the end customer. There are no upfront costs to start and you don’t ever have to touch any inventory. Now when it comes to figuring out what to sell online, I would just stick to what you know and love. For example, if you love fishing, then I’d consider drop shipping fishing supplies. If you run a beauty salon, then drop ship beauty products.

03:47
Now terms of choosing the actual products to sell in your store, your product selection will be limited by the suppliers that you can find who are willing to drop ship on your behalf. After all, you can’t find any random product online and have a company drop ship it for you. And in general, you’ll be constrained by the product portfolio of the companies who are willing to drop ship at all. Also, because drop shipping carries lower margins compared to other e-commerce business models, you probably want to sell goods that carry a higher price tag.

04:18
think barbecue grills and fire pits as opposed to cheap trinkets or gadgets. So basically you want your average order value to be at least 50 bucks minimum and preferably 100 bucks or more. This is the only way that you can make significant money with dropshipping. Meanwhile, here are some other product guidelines that you should try to follow. Choosing niche with a lot of related products. Now the key to running a successful online business is to cross sell your goods. If a customer buys a barbecue grill,

04:46
sell them cooking utensils and an outdoor thermometer. Repeat business and upsells is going to be a key factor to your success. You also want to sell products that are timeless. Avoid anything that goes obsolete within a short period of time. After all, the more often a product turns over, the more work it will be for you to update your product listings and maintain your website. This is yet another reason to avoid electronic-related products like iPhone cases because they change so often. Also, do know where your target market hangs out?

05:16
If you can sell a product that has a dedicated blog or Facebook group, it’s much easier to find and market to your customers. And can you easily create content for your products? For a dropship store, search engine optimization and social media is crucial for generating free traffic. And in general, the more content you can produce, the more visitors you’ll attract. Now, once you figure out a general niche, the hardest part about getting started with dropshipping is finding a supplier willing to dropship on your behalf.

05:44
Now there are a of directories that can help you find a dropship supplier such as worldwide brands or sale who. But in general, you want to only use a drop shipping directory as a last resort. And why is that? Well, it’s because if the drop shipping company is in a directory, then chances are there are a ton of other sellers selling similar products already. And the best dropship relationships are established in person. So before looking for a dropship supplier, you should ideally have a great looking website up and running with a mock.

06:14
portfolio of products. Because every single legit supplier will try to assess whether you are the real deal and whether you can actually move product. After all, it’s actually a burden for a supplier to take on a new dropshipping client. And in general, it’s not worth their time or the setup costs to take you on as a dropship client unless you can actually make sales. Now in the show notes below, I put together a tutorial that you can watch to put up a great looking WooCommerce store for only three bucks.

06:42
along with a free template that I designed myself, and bare minimum, register a domain and put up a website because you’re going to get asked about your experience and how you plan on selling products. Now once you have a website ready to go, the easiest way to find a legit dropship supplier is to simply call the manufacturer for a product you want to sell and ask for a list of wholesale distributors. And then once you have this list, you can contact the distributor directly and ask them if they’re willing to dropship for you.

07:10
Now what’s nice about most dropship suppliers is that they carry a wide variety of products from a number of different manufacturers. And as a result, if you can land a big distributor, you’ll almost always gain instant access to a large catalog of items to carry in your shop. But establishing a partnership with the distributor can be hit or miss, and you need to be prepared. Some distributors will only dropship for you if you have a brick and mortar store. So just be prepared and warned. Now if a supplier is not willing to dropship for you initially,

07:41
You may have to prove yourself first by buying a couple units wholesale to establish a track record of sales. And then once you’ve made a bunch of sales, you can then ask if they’d be willing to drop ship for you. If you aren’t having any luck reaching out to wholesale distributors, the next best way to find a drop ship supplier is by attending a trade show. In fact, this is probably the best way to do it, but it requires a little legwork. So first off, go to WholesaleCentral.com

08:08
where you’ll find a schedule of every single trade show in the US and some shows overseas as well. There’s literally a trade show for practically any product that you can think of. And by attending a trade show and meeting the brands face to face, you are far more likely to land a drop shipping supplier in person than through email or Zoom. Now most trade shows, at least in the United States, are 100 % free to attend as long as you have a business license. As a result, you literally have nothing to lose for attending.

08:36
Most major cities have wholesale trade shows many times per year in a variety of niches. Now, once you find a potential supplier, you should evaluate them thoroughly. After all, every successful dropshipping operation is a partnership between you and your distributor and trust is essential. As a result, before you rely on any dropship supplier, you should always place a test order to see how the order is handled. And specifically, you should look for how fast the order ships. Shipping time is extremely important for an online store.

09:06
and it’s essential that orders are shipped within one to two business days. You also want to look at how the order is packed. Is the product shoved in a crappy box with packing peanuts? Is the box unmarked without the supplier’s business name? Will the product arrive safely and undamaged? And then finally, you want to evaluate the quality of their customer service. Do they respond in a timely manner? Do they provide tracking information and an invoice? And do they give refunds for defective merchandise? You also want to ask questions like,

09:35
What are your pricing terms and are there quantity discounts? What is your dropship fee because most dropshippers charge a per order fee? How quickly do you ship? What is your return policy? Even though dropshippers ship on your behalf, all returns are actually going to be sent back to you. And as a result, you need to understand the return policy to get your money back. Finally, you want to ask if they offer EDI. EDI stands for electronic data interchange and is an automated way for a dropship supplier

10:03
to transmit their inventory stock to your website in real time. Basically, EDI keeps your store and your supplier in sync, which makes customer support a lot easier. Now, once you have your suppliers in place, it’s time to start selling. And because drive shipping margins are so low, you will not be able to afford to advertise online. And as a result, you have to build traffic to your website the old fashioned way with legwork. And in general, you have two main options to drive traffic to your store.

10:31
social media and search engine optimization. Now social media is probably the best and cheapest way to build traffic to a dropshipping store without requiring a lot of technical knowledge. And the right social media platform for your business will depend on the products that you sell. Any product with a high visual component tends to work well on Instagram. For example, if you’re in the fashion or wedding industry, Instagram is a must. Home and interior design products work extremely well on Pinterest and similar to Instagram,

11:00
products with a high visual component are perfect for Pinterest. Products that target an older demographic tend to work well on Facebook, and then TikTok allows your brand to have tremendous reach, even for brand new accounts. And what’s great about TikTok is that you don’t need a lot of subscribers to drive customers to your store, and the traffic is free. Finally, business-to-business brands tend to do well on Twitter, and most brands have a Twitter presence for customer service and loyalty. Now, the secret to succeeding on social media

11:29
is to research where your target audience hangs out and then build a brand on that platform, but it’s going to be a grind. My friends who are successful on Instagram and Facebook post at least one to two times a day, and you got to be consistent. You must actively engage with your audience. Anne McFerrin, who started the $100 million eyelash company Glamnetic, got her first sales by DMing her followers on Instagram. My student Angela, who sells jewelry over to zerojewelry.com.

11:57
post six to seven times per day on Instagram and once per day on TikTok. Now this is a decent amount of work, but it is effective. And if you don’t have the money or the margins to spend on advertising, this is what you got to do. In addition to social media, you can also build traffic through search engine optimization. And by targeting keywords that people are actively searching for, you can attract organic Google traffic for your products. But in order to know what people are searching for, you absolutely need to get a keyword tool

12:27
like Ubersuggest or Ahrefs. These tools will not only tell you what people are searching for, but how hard it is to rank for that keyword as well. And once you know which keywords to target, you must publish a series of blog posts to rank and search. No matter which marketing platform you choose, make sure you focus all of your efforts on one traffic source before moving on to the next. And as you generate sales and leads for your store, make sure you collect both emails and SMS phone numbers.

12:55
Email marketing and SMS marketing allow you to bring customers back to your online store repeatedly until they are ready to buy. By attracting new customers through social media and retaining your existing customers through email and SMS, you can easily grow a sustainable e-commerce business. And then as you start attracting sales, you’ll want to look for patterns on which products sell the best in your store and then private label those exact same products under your own brand. And by private labeling your winners,

13:24
you can make a 66 % margin or more instead of the paltry 10 to 30 % margins dropshipping has to create a seven figure business and beyond. Now that you understand how to create a dropshipping business from scratch, you guys should probably listen to my other Family First Friday episode on exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business from complete scratch today.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

485: Copy-Proof Your Products! How To Prevent Evil Sellers From Stealing Your IP With Steve Weigler

485: Copy-Proof Your Products! How To Prevent Malicious Sellers From Knocking You Off With Steve Weigler

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Steve Weigler back on the show. Steve is the owner of Emerge Counsel, where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their intellectual property.

Last time when Steve was on, the Chinese copycat problem on Amazon was out of control. In this episode, Steve reveals a pretty cool strategy for taking down the pirates.

What You’ll Learn

  • The different levels of IP protection
  • What you can do to prevent IP theft
  • What level of IP protection you can achieve depending on your budget

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Steve Weigler back on the show. And Steve is the owner of Emerge Council, where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their intellectual property. And last time when he was on, the Chinese copycat problem on Amazon was out of control. And while there still is rampant piracy and IP theft on the platform,

00:28
Steve now has a pretty cool strategy for taking down the pirates, which we’ll talk about in this episode. But before we begin, I wanted to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Now Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:25
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And then students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult.

01:54
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s Emerge Council, E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now onto the show.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Stephen Weigler back on the show for the second time. Steve is someone who I met back in 2016 through an attendee of Seller Summit, and I’ve used his legal services ever since. He’s actually spoken on my event several times, and he’s basically the go-to guy that I use when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights, trademarks, you name it. And he’s helped a number of the students in my class as well.

02:37
Steve is the founder of EmergeCouncil.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP. And the reason why I brought him on the pod today is because I’ve been getting a lot of questions regarding the different levels of IP protection that are necessary to run an e-commerce business. I’m not a lawyer. I’m not qualified to answer those questions, but Steve is. So what we’re going to talk about today is just kind of like the different levels of prevention and protection.

03:03
depending on what your budget is, how much things cost and what you can do to prevent IP theft. And with that, welcome to show, Steve, how you doing, man? Everything’s good. It’s always good to see you, Steve. Always good to see you too. So I know you do this for a living. What’s the latest in IP litigation on Amazon right now that just based on your experiences? Well, the coolest thing that’s happening on it’s kind of cool is and it’s kind of changed my opinion a little bit is Amazon started

03:33
a patent mediation process. And so I used to be really very not bullish about getting a patent because it’s so expensive to enforce. But if you believe someone’s violating your patent on Amazon, there’s actually, they built in an arbitration process that not if you file a complaint with Amazon, they’ll assign an arbitrator to it, resolve it relatively quickly and inexpensively and award you fees and potentially

04:02
the amount of monies that are sitting in that the infringers account. So that’s a big deal. And a change of my position on the importance of a patent. Interesting. So how much does it cost for this mediation to take place? Well, first, and we’re going to talk about this a little bit. Yeah, that’s everyone. And I preach this all the time is everyone has to have a strategy, everyone has to have a plan. And if you’re if you can include in your plan, and it’s worthwhile to patent something, you have to

04:32
first patent it before you get out of the gate, before you issue the product or offer the product on Amazon or another platform or your own platform. And if you have that patent in hand, it’s a very inexpensive process. It’s the cost of a patent litigator and the cost of the, I believe the Amazon fee is relatively low. believe that this is all a work in progress for Amazon, but I believe it’s about a thousand dollars.

05:00
Oh, that’s really, you know, a patent litigator, just call me and I’ll find you. And then we’ll get a quote on how much, know, obviously, if you’re talking about the next cure for cancer and a chemical patent dispute, you’re talking about multi thousand dollars, you know, into the hundreds of thousands. If you’re talking about a clipboard design, we’re talking about a lot less money. So it’s obvious. And we can go through the strategy a little bit, but chances are

05:30
you’re not going to have much opposition on the other side. It’s not like you’re gonna, an infringer, if it’s so obvious, they’re probably not going to show up. Right. Well, I don’t want to get into the weeds. What I want to get out of today’s episode really, is like just different choices that an eCommerce entrepreneur has when just deciding what level of IP protection that they want, depending on like how much they’re willing to pay. So what I’m hoping to do today is

05:56
just for you to assign different packages. let’s just start with like the basics. Like what is like the bare minimum that you would recommend a serious e-commerce entrepreneur get for a product that they’re launching on Amazon, for example? Sure. So let’s, I’m going to answer that in a little long answer. Okay. The number one thing is what’s your strategy? What’s your plan? And so Steve and I usually don’t talk about this, but I’ve been doing a lot of business transactional work where at the exit side,

06:26
And so I have about seven deals right now stacked up where entrepreneurs are exiting. And if you’re exiting, well, you need to show that you have to an aggregator or whatever. You need to show that you have an IP plan, that you have protected trademark copyright, whatever it is. So you start at the beginning. It’s like, are you thinking about selling five items and giving it a code?

06:51
and you’re not sure about your brand, you’re not sure about the experience, and you might move on to another product, then the answer is like, well, maybe spend some business time figuring that out. But we talked about a serious entrepreneur, meaning one that really has a business plan, at least in their head, and really wants to bring it to market. so it’s very, at the beginning, at least, it’s relatively inexpensive to protect the basics of IP.

07:20
So to protect the basics of IP, you have to understand what the IP is. So trademarks protect brands. So my brand is Emerge Console. It’s a legal services firm. I’m looking at a box of Cheerios right now. That brand is Cheerios. And you can close your eyes, picture it. You know what Cheerios look like. And you know what the box looks like. It’s yellow. And it has a Cheerio on the back. So that’s all brand. That’s all.

07:50
how the customer perceives a good in service. That’s a really important piece of protection. Copyright protects a rich- Hold on, wait, before we move on from there, I think most people are familiar with trademarks because it’s required for Amazon brand registry. However, a question I do commonly get asked is, do I need the word brand as well as the logo trade, the word trademark as well as the logo trademark? What are your opinions on that? I am not a big advocate of getting a logo trademark.

08:19
And so when we’re talking about, let’s pause a trademark because I think it’s the most important type of protection. And I’ve been working a lot of times with, well, IP litigators and they think when it comes time to do a takedown or we do take down too, or file a lawsuit, they, the way the trademark statutes are written and the broad protection you get, it’s a very powerful form of protection to get.

08:48
to effectuate a goal. So a trademark protects a good or a service and the protection is so broad. So if I tell you Cheerios and it’s just the word, that protection includes any element of Cheerios. It includes Cheerios in a logo. It includes Cheerios on a commercial. includes visual, any type. So the broadest form of protection is just getting the literal element of the mark, the words.

09:17
costs. So we have a total TM package and that entire thing costs about $1,000 including a thorough search to see if you’re breaching someone’s common law rights and $350 of USPTO fees. So that whole entire brand protection experience can cost as low as $1,300. Another question real quick, and I’ve been just asked this recently. If someone wants to have a brand but the trademark is already taken,

09:47
for a different product type, do you recommend that they just choose another name? I was gonna say, let’s say my brand is selling clipboards, but there’s another person who has the trademark selling like dog supplies. No, I think, listen, to preface, I don’t charge for calls to get to know my clients and also to answer types of questions like that. So for example, if you had a,

10:16
a brand called Pure and you were a water sales in water sales and Pure was up and I was thinking about dental services. Those marks aren’t going to conflict in commerce. And if you look up here on the USPTO, there’s plenty of peers, even in the same category of international registration. it’s kind of the question is, do you think those goods and services are going to cross in commerce? And the answer is

10:45
Probably not. And how common is the word that you’re talking about? So if it were like Cheerios, yes, Cheerios would have a lot of protection. It’s been around a long time and it’s a unique product. Everyone closes their eyes and they know exactly what that is. When it comes to most brands, that’s not the case. And so it kind of requires a little bit of a fine hair distinction. But it’s something that somebody just should call me and I’ll answer in five minutes. Okay. All right.

11:15
Are you just bailing? That’s not a good idea. By the way, are you going in order of priority here? So trademark is probably your top priority. I think yes, I think if you put together all the tea leaves, and it always depends on what what your goals are, but trademark is the number one strategy. Yes. yes. To answer that initial question, like this goal right now for what we’re talking about, it’s just like someone who just is selling online and

11:44
just wants like the minimum amount of protection. They haven’t thought it through. Like the plan is to provide some level of protection but not go crazy with it because they’re not 100 % sure that this product is going to completely take off just yet. Yes. And so there’s two levels. So the process starts with, call me. We run free knockouts. So we have software that we pay a gazillion dollars for through Thomson Reuters. And we can do a basic determination if anyone

12:14
is registered that mark. Okay. And so you know, that’s called brand clearance. You want to make sure even if you’re just testing the waters dipping your toe in and you even if you don’t feel like registering on the brand registry, do do a brand clearance because the next thing you know, you could get a cease and desist letter. And some of these big companies especially aren’t very nice. Like they might tell you cease and desist and pay them

12:42
5,000 bucks or something and then you cease and desist and you don’t pay him the 5,000 and you still keep on hearing from him. Then you got to hire an attorney to negotiate him. That’s where the price goes up. I see. Okay. Even people like me don’t want to do that. the bare minimum is to actually do a search, right? To see if you’re Yeah, a search which is free at least any merge console. It’s not free everywhere. But um, yeah, so let’s do your own search, but it’s not as good as our search.

13:11
Let’s use this clipboard example that we were talking about before we hit record. Like, let’s say we design a novel new way of designing a clipboard. Maybe like it’s got some extra clips or whatever. It’s an unusual type of clipboard that isn’t really being sold. How would you go about protecting that? Let’s say I was worried about like the Chinese manufacturer taking the design and selling it as their own on Amazon or someone else just taking it, creating it and selling it. What would be your?

13:41
Yeah, yeah, I get it. Well, the number one thing is to dissect what the unique elements of your brand or product that are under the brand are. And so if it’s something like you have a unique clip that’s designed uniquely, I’ll give me an example, not in a clipboard, but in like Apple iPods. They don’t it’s not that the functions unique. It’s not like the the sound is

14:10
you’re hearing some like ultra high frequency or something. It’s their ear pods. But the way they’re designed is very unique. And so they have a design, many design patents on that, packaging for the Apple iPods. So the same thing holds true for if you have a unique clipboard that has a really unique design, that’s functional. Then a design patent would be appropriate before you get out the gate. That cost is about

14:39
You know, again, it’s like, me, I look at it, I tell you if it’s viable for nothing. And then if it is, pursuing a design patent is a process between two and $3,000 because you have to get technical drawings. It’s a pain in the So you would go the patent. I mean, most people, they design like a clipboard, for example, when would you think it’s worth it to fork over the two or three K for a patent?

15:07
versus the copyrights, which I kind of interrupted you earlier. Yeah. So most people do not, it’s interesting. see usually the people that call me that have that unique clipboard with unique clip are engineers. So they’re inventors. Most people have unique color schemes, unique pricing structures.

15:35
something else that’s unique about their value proposition as opposed to another. So looking at clipboards, right before the show, I looked at seven names. I just looked up clipboards. There’s Sunny, Herdkey, Hungria, TradeQuest, and of course, Amazon Basics, and then Office Depot. Sorry, it’s actually Office

16:05
a brand of Office Depot that’s an off brand. So what would make you want to buy one over the other? So some had unique color schemes, some had the brand imprinted into the clipboard, some did have clips, but nothing overly unique. It just was a better way to organize a clipboard maybe. And then some had like a recognizable brand name, like Amazon based. So the question is like,

16:35
what do you need to distinguish your brand? the dogs, meaning the consumers, will eat the dog food. And a lot of times that’s just going to be a better brand experience. So it might be a color scheme. It might be a design in it, a logo, and that logo could be copyrighted. And so that’s also a very low cost approach. you know, the brand is obviously people are going to buy

17:03
If I saw these, I’d probably buy something, I’d probably eyeball the Office Depot one, because I know that brand, if all prices were the same. I’ve never heard of Sun-E-S-U-N-E, and I don’t know, I don’t know what, unless the prices were substantially different, I would probably go for the look and feel. And so the look and feel can be protected a lot of times through copyright. Through copyright. Yeah.

17:30
To copyright this clipboard that you’re looking at right now, how much are we talking about? So, and we’re talking, Steve, only about the United States right now. It’s about $350. Okay. And what does that protection get you? Like if someone sells something that looks similar to it, but not an exact copy, is that protected or does it have to be like an exact copy?

17:55
There’s a seven factor test that the courts use, but because it protects original works of art, you would want to look to see if anything that looks original has even been modified from that originality and you have a good case. Looking at the practical element of that, why would you get a copyright application? None of this is to run to court. This is about effectuating takedowns, effectuating…

18:25
good strategies for infringement because it’s like everything else. Once you, at the beginning, it’s like, well, I’m not thinking about that. No one’s going to infringe on me. Then you start getting to the top of the pile or you set, if you’re Shopify site, start getting to step to top of the search engine. That’s when infringement really starts to kick in and it kicks in in a big way. And so you’re going to want to have strategies that you can say, Hey, I’m going to effectuate a takedown on Amazon.

18:53
And how you do that is you to send in a registration certificate. And so the registration certificate, that process costs about $350. And then you fill out a form and you hope that that will take down the infringement and that the infringer is minorly and nothing else will happen. all of this, you guys, is a ticket to entry.

19:21
No protection, no ticket to entry. And a lot of times it’s like those types of calls, it’s like, well, I understand that, know, raw entrepreneurs, we’re trying to save money and, and increase the bottom line, but no, if you don’t go through any of this, you’re not going to, you’re not going to be able to take down anything. Right. So this is par for the course, basically, if you ever want to, So I’d say, you know, Steve, most people don’t have

19:49
something that’s worthy of a design patent. And most people, unless you have the cure for cancer or something, don’t have a particularly viable utility patent claim, meaning they don’t have real invention. And frankly, it’s hard to market an invention because no one’s ever heard of it. It’s an invention. No one’s ever heard of it before. So that’s usually a different type of entrepreneur than an e-commerce entrepreneur. So then it just becomes a trademark is a must. And I think the literal element is the most important.

20:18
And really, you know, running by me or running by a member of my team, just, okay, what’s unique about your product in the look and feel and can we get any of that copyrighted? And then you have your ticket entry, you know, and you’re talking about a max like 2000 to $2,500 price point. It depends on, you know, if you have multiple types of clipboards, might have 20 designs.

20:46
Well, you know, it’s 350 times 20. doesn’t, there’s no real cost savings. Right. So, you know, everyone’s different, but then we would look at, well, you know, that red with the dot on it is really not that unique. We let’s put that low priority. And so we’ll help you get like, we want to help you save money. Um, because it’s, it’s, it’s no value to just copyright everything under the sun.

21:10
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

21:40
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

22:08
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:26
When does it make sense to patent because to me you can’t you have to get the patent before you even start selling right and a patent takes a while to get is that. Yeah I think if in an ideal world if you’re an entrepreneur and you want to visit this at the very beginning to see if you have something that has a unique design especially with this new Amazon scheme to.

22:56
to evaluate. And so I think it’s important to do it early. Sometimes you have up to a year after the issuance of the product into market to obtain that patent. But I think it’s good to do. And then if you don’t do it at the beginning, well, again, it’s not like your life’s over. It’s just a strategy that we might have to revisit on your newest design. OK.

23:25
And if you go the patent route, you were saying $3,000 minimum to get that process started. It always seems that way. Depending on. Okay. Yeah. So you know what? I personally, I don’t, I’m not licensed to practice patent. We have people who do it. Um, but they, so it’s an interesting field because it depends if you’re coming to me and most of your clients are, but if you’re coming to me with a, um, a computer program, it’s one person.

23:54
If you’re coming to me with a chemical, it’s another. If you’re coming to me with just a basic industrial design, that’s much cheaper person. So it just depends on what the patent is. What’s the timeframe approximately that you would expect to get this thing done so you can start selling? So the cool thing about everything but copyright is the moment you file protection goes back to that date. OK.

24:23
The important thing is to get it filed, not so much to get it granted, including. So that’s what’s cool about also Amazon brand registry. We just need to get you the serial number to get on brand registry. It used to be that you had to get it registered or use their, what is it called? IP accelerator program accelerator, which, know, we get a lot of business because that got screwed up. So be careful on the accelerator.

24:52
But anyway, what are we talking about time frame to get it filed a patent filed just a trademark we’re looking a trademark we’re looking at less than a week to get the search done and filed for patent and a patent we’re looking at maybe two weeks. Oh, okay. That’s not so we work fast. Okay. And we have and the way we’ve done that is systemize everything and keep the cost down because we’ve systemized it. Okay.

25:20
So in my opinion, correct me if I’m wrong, we’ve kind of talked about the basics here already. When does it make sense to protect yourself in a country like China, for example? Well, that’s a really good question and one that can be granular or not. You got to look at what your nexus is with China. if you’re a lot of people are coming out with unique designs and then

25:50
their manufacturer and sometimes even their distributor is based out of China, like it’s drop shipping out of China. So at that point, China becomes a very important part of your strategy. And it’s very inexpensive to get the work that we’ve done in the United States duplicated in China. And so you got to keep in mind that China is not a big fan of enforcing American laws, right? They don’t mind.

26:20
I think it’s a myth that they don’t enforce their own laws. They do, and sometimes very harshly. So we have relationships with Chinese consul, and we’re going to evaluate if it’s, and we can do some of this work, and we will evaluate what the cheapest way is to effectuate the same strategy we’ve used in the United States to make sure we have the protection in that trade channel. Because a lot of times what’s happening is infringement on the trademark side.

26:49
and on the copyright side, and sometimes even on the patent side, is happening on like Alibaba, or it’s happening through the manufacturer that the manufacturer is running your run plus 100 % more that they’re distributing either under that brand name or the same brand name. And it’s really, we’ve had quite been quite successful in using a strategy number, but the strategy of

27:19
of on how to take that down. But the strategy has to involve it’s now no different than the United States. No Chinese protection. No, no strategy. Like I don’t know what else to tell. let me ask you this, because if you have all those protections in the US and someone, some Chinese factory decides to take your design and sell it to somebody else, you can get the listing taken down the US. So what is the advantage of nipping it at the source versus when it actually gets sold?

27:49
And what are the trade-offs in actually getting that additional protection in China? Well, I think it’s a fallacy that a lot of times, unfortunately, that a takedown is going to take care of your problem. Because what’s happening is that these are, if you’re lucky, you found somebody that maybe is sitting in their apartment or their house in China, and it’s one person and they’re just finding low hanging fruit and it just happens to be you. But unfortunately, it’s like money laundering.

28:19
it’s a sophisticated scheme. And so a lot of times you can’t even, you don’t even know when you see the takedown, you’re looking at the tip of the iceberg of the issues that you’re really potentially facing in China. a lot of these people are very, or organizations are very sophisticated crime syndicates. And so I hope a takedown works and a lot of my clients can do takedowns by themselves. don’t.

28:46
even need me. mean, it’s good to keep me in the loop, but it’s no cost. It’s like, okay, great. I hope that works. But a lot of times it take down. It just pops up under another brand, another name, another. see. It might show up on another website, might show up on their own Shopify site. It just it’s sophisticated. And so the strategy is always going to be how can we get the message to

29:15
the infringer, is usually a criminal or what I call it criminal or tortious organization in China, that you don’t want to be screwing around with us, you want to be screwing around. I would prefer you not do it at all, but leave us alone because we’re going to go after you. And so that’s the exact frame that we look at all our China cases with. How are we going to send that message and how are we going to do it as cheap as possible?

29:44
But you need some protection in China to do it because they’re not gonna, they don’t care about the American. It doesn’t have any ramification. Are there the same protections in China or analogous as to the ones we just talked about in the US? Yeah, and without getting into like international relations class. China is more administrative, and we tend to use our legal systems more. So they use administrative law. But yes, it’s very much,

30:12
It’s a similar scheme, similar laws, similar system. And we even have treaties and protocols with China on how to handle this. But most importantly, you want to work with an attorney who has a good relationship with Chinese consul. And we’ve worked with Chinese consul to build the same, we have the same processes and work together a lot. So how I tell my clients as far as cost, it’s like, all right, if it was a thousand dollars in the United States to protect it, it’s a thousand dollars in China.

30:42
because it’s the same process, it’s the same thing. And a lot of times it’s even less. So once we have a strategy to effectuate that strategy, you gotta look at their copyright process is a little more expensive than ours. So it’s a little more like $500 and ours is 350 and their trademark process 895 and ours is a thousand. But you know, I just like, by the time everything is said and done, it’s like a thousand dollars, a thousand dollars.

31:12
So if you have three protections here, you wanna do the same in China, it’s six times. So walk me through this. So let’s say I have this clipboard design. I’m a little nervous about having this factory make it. It’s my design. I don’t want them selling it to other people or creating it for anyone other than myself, even under a different brand. What do I need to get? Sure. So there’s one area of intellectual property that we haven’t covered and that’s called the trade secret.

31:42
A lot of this is an area where a lot of e-commerce sellers, their heads not in this place is you have a relationship and if you were in the United States, you would sign a contract and you would have a contract and would include an exclusivity provision. And it would include that this clip we’re providing and maybe the die casting we’re buying from you is trade secret. And we don’t want this distributed to anyone else.

32:12
That’s kind of a no brainer if you did it in the United States. In China, you can do the same thing. And so we work with Chinese council. So the first step is to work with Chinese council and get it translated into Mandarin, put an international arbitration clause in it, waive some UN clauses. So it’s international. Anyway, write an international contract that we have a form of. It’s not like this hasn’t been done before.

32:40
get it signed by both parties, then you can enforce trade secret protection in China. So that’s a really a piece that a lot of entrepreneurs miss. But a lot of entrepreneurs are buying on Alibaba and just buying the clipboards. That’s not gonna work in that because that’s just wholesale Amazon. So that’s number one. Number two is… Before we move on. So this trade secret, it’s an agreement that you would draft up

33:10
and then the factory would sign it as well as you, and it becomes like a legal document that you can use to enforce that they don’t sell it to anyone else. Is that accurate? So if anyone else take your die cuts and just attribute them to any partners or affiliates, because it’s really interesting, Steven, in China, what we get is every time we hire Chinese consul to have a discussion, like a door knocking, like,

33:40
hey, we think you’re violating intellectual property of our clients. It’s recorded because they don’t have the same laws. So they record it and then they translate it into English for us. And so, and this is all like next to no cost. It’s a very, it’s not a very linear discussion like we would maybe have in the United States. Like if you me money and I called you and I said, Steve, pay me the money. That’d be a, I might say, how’s your family? And then you owe me money. But the,

34:09
in China, it really is like, it’s quite a different cultural experience discussing disputes. And so you really, it’s very beneficial to have that contract, but also have experienced Chinese console can really explain that. How much are we talking about to set that up? Everything seems like it’s a thousand bucks. Translating is 300. Having them make the call, they charge like,

34:39
$200 an hour, you know, it’s really cheap. mean, is that even more valuable than, than getting the trademark and the copyright? Well, the trademark is going to help you. Let’s continue the journey. Okay, sure. So we have the we have the we have the agreement. So we have a prophylactic that this on this product is is going to be exclusive to our manufacturer. And if it gets into another manufacturer, at least we know it’s not our

35:09
The second thing is trademarks also can be used to seize goods at borders. also Alibaba will take down. if, the manufacturer doesn’t do anything wrong, but somebody sees it in the Chinese marketplace and for some reason, and it gets to Alibaba. So Alibaba is selling it wholesale, generic wholesale. Like here’s this clipboard with this unique clip.

35:39
So, how are you going to take it down on Al, you can take it down on Alibaba, but you need a Chinese trademark and you, or Chinese copyright. So they, Alibaba has a more robust takedown program than Amazon. So they’ll, they’ll take it down if you have a Chinese trademark or copyright. So you want to stop the product at the source. Say you can’t do that. Say you missed the boat on that one, literally then, you know, the cost, the

36:09
it then is being shipped. know, China, there are lot of consumers in China, but we are the number one consumer country. So chances are it’s being loaded on a dock to come to the United States. So if you have an American trademark, you can seize those products at the border. So you file it with customs. And only if you have a trademark registration, you can have customs. You don’t even have to do it.

36:38
seize the goods. So you have a place to stop it. Then once it hits American distribution channel, you can rely on Amazon, you can rely on injunctions in court, you can do whatever you need to do. Now, sometimes it’s like so smooth and effective. It’s, know, unfortunately when you’re going after infringers, it’s like going after a criminal enterprise. Sometimes you’re lucky and you you saw like say you’re a cop and you saw the murder like,

37:07
because you happen to be drinking coffee down the street. Saw the guy whip out the gun. That’s one thing. The guy whipped out the gun, took off, and you don’t know about it for 20 days, and it happens to be the Russian mob. Well, and you’re trying to crack the enterprise. It’s a little more difficult, but you need these little pieces. And then you need to make, you need an attorney to make that cost benefit analysis with you if it’s worth it, because it’s really a pretty complicated world. My job is to make it simple and

37:37
help you make risk analysis. Is this worth it at this point? Or what are we going to do to do this on the cheap? And usually a combination of those factors work. Sometimes we have to file a lawsuit, but even that’s not very expensive. I just filed one in Miami for a dear friend of both of ours. And because what happened on there is just so I might be getting on a tangent, but this is a good war story. So he files a takedown on Amazon.

38:08
The Chinese party, against the Chinese party, the Chinese party files a counter notice saying, but the counter notice is BS. In a counter notice, you’re claiming, no, I have the copyright. So it’s a fake email address, but it’s the name of a real company. So you have 20 days at that point to either file a lawsuit in federal court,

38:37
and you have to have a copyright to do that, because it’s copyright issue, or it’s gonna go up and stay up, the posting at issue, it’s gonna stay up until you get an injunction from a federal judge. Well, that is gonna be really, really expensive. So you have to run and file this lawsuit. And so we ran and filed the lawsuit, and so that cost was about,

39:07
say $3,000, $3,000 to $4,000 because it’s not amateur hour filing a federal. Right. Right. And I just happened to be barred in Florida. So I was able to do it. And then the next step is I called my Chinese console and she verified who the company was. And I got in both Mandarin and English who this company is and the relation to who filed the counter notice. So I know and now I’m amending the complaint and already we’ve gotten

39:37
emails bagging us to settle from this Chinese company based on our working with Chinese console who so far is in charge of the dime for the services bagging the Chinese console to resolve this case. But now we want some money out of it. it’s not going to respond. Let me ask. So this case that you just specified without naming any names, did this person have the trademark in China also? No.

40:02
No, so they had no protections in China. This is just US protections copyright. US protection, but this is an example of filing a lawsuit in China. I’ve never gotten to the point where we’re filing a lawsuit. What we do in China is usually a door knocking strategy where once we find them and sit Chinese consul on them, I have a feeling that they, a lot of these people are very scared of going to Chinese court. And so, like, I think there might be

40:32
you can go to jail. they usually tends to take care of What can the Chinese consulate do? I why do they you just said they don’t care about US copyright. Oh, I’m sorry, consulate, not not consulate. So we oh, so let’s let’s do an example. So we know that the infringements on Alibaba, we know we have a so it’s kind of a generic good, but we have a trademark. And so say we were called Cheerios.

41:01
And we had a, were selling away. Um, and then all of a sudden Cheerios, the box shows up on, on Alibaba. We would have a Chinese trademark. We take down the Alibaba listing. We would find out through Alibaba who the Chinese console would find out. who, who’s listing that because I’m in Alibaba cooperates. They tell us the name or the Chinese console and they go and they have offices all over China.

41:31
they call and say, hey, we’re gonna file a lawsuit against you unless you enter into this settlement agreement. And so then that’s when you usually get this transcript that they’re like, well, no, that wasn’t me, that was my brother and my brother’s sister. And you get this really circumvent kind of discussion, but usually it ends up in a resolution. They can’t believe you found them. And they wanna find someone that

42:00
Hasn’t found them and go away. Okay, sorry. So just just for terminology sake, Chinese consul is just a Chinese lawyer, right? Chinese lawyer, right? My Chinese consul. Not the consulate. Okay, got it. Okay, so you have relations with Chinese lawyers who can actually give a little bit more weight to a Chinese citizen to be scared. Right? Absolutely. Right. Yeah. Okay, I get it. Okay. The trademark in China really only helps you

42:28
take stuff down in Alibaba and possibly if a Chinese lawyer needs more ammunition. Correct. And the second thing is it’s going to help you can seize the goods at Chinese ports. So the theory is either it’s coming directly from a manufacturer to the United States, or it’s coming. A lot of times it if if you’re small, like it’s you’re buying it off Alie Alie Express.

42:58
and putting your having the manufacturer in place your custom logo or and if you have the trademark for that you can take infringers tap. see. So what and what you found is just just a letter from a Chinese lawyer to the suppliers usually enough to scare them off because they’re paranoid in your experience. I call it a door knocking strategy or not. Yeah. Yeah. OK. We actually sometimes we knock on the door like it’s very in it. know again China a Chinese console.

43:28
not counseled, a bunch of counsel is not that expensive. And they have, you know, effectively called or actually knocked on the door gone to the factory to discuss our issues. Right. So I mean, I’ve had some experience in the US where, know, it costs a couple hundred bucks to write a letter. Is that like a price that you would expect to pay a Chinese lawyer to do something like that? The last time we did it, it was 1500.

43:56
$1,500. Okay, that includes a transcript and the sure resolution. I you know, right? I love it. And they have access to find out who exactly owns the the listings and that sort of thing. Right? They do it much better than I do. Like I have no idea how to use you. Alibaba to do that. I know, you know, you got to look at well, do we have any protection there? And if we do, yes, it’s a matter for Chinese console.

44:26
I love it. I would imagine a Chinese citizens just like a US citizen, right? Like if I got a letter, like if it was my first one, I’d be scared, right? And I would know it. Yeah. I think a lot of I mean, I would love to learn more. But I think a lot of these are criminal enterprises. But the criminal enterprises that are dumb, they want to, they want to if they have issues, they move on. Like, right, it’s gonna be

44:52
It’s not that we’re going to stop infringement. We want to stop infringement for people under our care. you know, Amazon is spending, according to them, billions of dollars trying to stop infringement. I don’t know. It’s not going too well from what I can see. And sometimes, you know, the Wall Street Journal at least reports that Amazon is partially responsible for this. Yeah, well, they make it so easy, You know, exactly. So you really have to it’s one of those situations that you have to read the tea leaves.

45:22
This is not supposed to be the most expensive thing you’re doing in your business. I realize that people don’t even really love talking to a attorney. And this should be like a little side distraction at a low cost. But if you don’t do it at all, it’s kind like one of those things like not getting a bookkeeper. Or knowing how to use QuickBooks on your own. It’s a business.

45:52
And so it’s important. I can tell you again, because right now I’m working on seven transactions, a record for me and M &A and it’s hot right now is that you don’t have this, you’re getting ding-dinged on the prices that us buyers or an aggregator is willing to pay. Right. It’s just so obvious that you need IP protection. Along those lines, I would imagine a patent is a lot more valuable than

46:21
in the eyes of an aggregator if you’re selling right. I don’t think a design pattern is all that.

46:28
All that sexy, really. think, yes, if you have a utility patent, even my eyes or my ears perk up. Like I’m like, let me study that. Well, that must really add value. wow, what is and what are your sales based on based off it? It all comes down to financials. There’s so many patent holders that have patents and then they can’t monetize them. So I don’t know. Like it’s the whole thing when you get to that point, which is a really

46:56
And Stephen, the last time I was on and we talked, I wasn’t doing a lot of this because it’s fun. A lot of my clients have grown. So now they’re at that stage. And so it’s been it’s an amazing place to be for them and for me watching their hardware come to fruition because they’re going to monetize their work. So but I see I look at it when I study. I try and get my mind in the eyes of the high banker or the acquirer.

47:25
It’s like, what’s sexy about this? It’s whole package here. But I would think a utility patent would add value if it’s being monetized. If it’s just like, well, I got this. It has nothing to do with the business. I don’t even know if they’re going to do due diligence on it. They don’t care. It’s really like that. So I think for every client, always be looking for how this particular piece affects bottom line. I can tell you, especially with Amazon Prime Day,

47:55
we had some clients that with infringers were killing them. Like they’re 50 % down. And it’s really like, well, we can’t do this in a day. Like this is something that we should have addressed a long time ago. So it really can affect your bottom line and that’s bad. And it really should, again, I love IP. It’s fascinating. It’s intangible stuff, very creative, but it shouldn’t be your take up.

48:24
Yeah, I’m into your money What I like about this talk today is you know, I’m sure a lot of times, you know copycats from China Copy stuff directly because they can get away with it and it’s not like someone in America can attack them in China So by by getting someone in China to knock on their door, I can see that as a huge debtorant Yeah, yeah, I’m telling you yeah, and it’s yeah, it it’s fun because I get these transcripts and I see how that works it’s like

48:55
Even if I knew Chinese, there’s a cultural thing. It’s like how they operate is like totally cultural. So it’s really super interesting. And again, the Chinese government is, I mean, at least in the things we’re talking about, which isn’t like fat and all trafficking, they’re very aware and very enforceable or deliberate in their own laws. They just are. It’s that kind of country.

49:24
It’s not the Caribbean or something. It’s very rigid country. So they’re very rigid in their laws. Cool, Steve. Well, where can people find you if they need some of these services? Sure. you can email me at SWEIGLER at Emerge, E-M-E-R-G-E, console, C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. And it’s www.emergeconsole.com.

49:54
Anytime that anyone wants to talk, I offer free get to know you consultations as well as knockout and quotes. So we like, try and be very project based. So we want to get to know the client, what their issues are, who they are, and build a relationship. Cause honestly, Steve, and this is a secret to all your clients is total TM, which is what we call a trademark is pretty much a loss leader. Like it’s, it’s, it’s pretty much.

50:22
because of the searches we do and everything and the amount of work it is, it’s pretty much at cost. But I want to build relationships with entrepreneurs that want to grow and in the e-commerce space especially, and be with them on the journey. And so that’s how I’ve done it. Sometimes my business advisors are like, Steve, why are you, you’re a law firm, why have a law leader?

50:49
But anyway, that’s another topic for discussion. I’m just just what I I like about Steve for anyone listening is everything you know what you’re paying for. And it’s not like, oh, yeah, it’s going to be $400 an hour. I don’t know how much long it’s going to be the project based pricing and the fact that he’s not going to nickel and dime me that that’s why I like Steve personally. Yeah, it’s not the easiest profession sometimes. I do enjoy it. So anyway, well, it’s always good hanging out with you. Absolutely. Thank you so much.

51:21
Hope you enjoy that episode. Just like brushing your teeth, if you want to protect your IP, a little bit of prevention goes a long way. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 485. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off.

51:50
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

52:18
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

484: Hacking The LinkedIn Algorithm: How Chase Dimond Grew His Following To 227K Subs In 11 Months

484: Gaming The LinkedIn Algorithm: How Chase Dimond Grew His Following To 227K Subs In 11 Months

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Chase Diamond back on the show. Chase is the co-founder of Structured Agency, a top email marketing firm. But outside of email, he’s also a master of social media.

In this episode, we discuss Chase’s recent success on LinkedIn where he went from 27K subs to over 220k subs in just eleven months reaching an astounding 100 million impressions.

You’re going to love this episode.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to quickly grow your LinkedIn audience
  • How to grow your email list with LinkedIn
  • The right way to set up your LinkedIn account

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m thrilled to have my friend Chase Diamond back on the show. And last time he was on, we talked about how to run killer email marketing campaigns. But in this episode, we’re switching gears to talk about Chase’s recent success on LinkedIn. He basically went from 27K subs to over 220,000 subscribers in just 11 months.

00:28
where his posts had an astounding 100 million impressions. And this allowed him to grow his email list quickly to 100K subs. You’re going to love this episode. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Getita for sponsoring this episode. Getita is a tool that basically gives you free money every month when you sell on Amazon, and I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon FBA for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible at managing your inventory and they lose or break your products all the time.

00:56
In fact, I’m willing to bet that Amazon owes you money right now. But the problem is, is that in order to get your money back, you have to manually track your inventory and manually file for reimbursement. Katita handles all the paperwork for you though, and takes just 25 % of whatever you get back. Basically, you only pay when Katita makes you money, which makes it a no brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Katita is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita.

01:24
That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode. If you are looking to buy or sell your business, Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company. I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys over at Quiet Light for over 10 years now, and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash Quiet Light and get a free valuation of your business.

01:53
Someone from Quiet Light will speak to you for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T. Now onto the show.

02:08
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Chase Diamond back on the show for the second time. Chase is someone who I met through Nick Shackelford. I think it was at a Geek Out event a long time ago. He’s the co-founder of Boundless Labs, which is a top email marketing agency. In the past couple of years, would say, this guy’s everywhere, man. I see him on LinkedIn, I see him on all these social media platforms, Twitter. He’s actually the one who introduced me to Twitter. And today I have over 40K subs and it’s-

02:37
actually my number three email generator for my entire list. He’s killing it on LinkedIn. He’s quickly grown his account to six figures. I think it was what was it like 200,000 something like that. dude, it’s been a while. got from 27,000 to 220,000 in 11 months. That’s nuts. And you’re also doing like AI stuff, e commerce. There’s so much to talk about. I figure. I don’t think anyone’s really talked about LinkedIn on this podcast. So that’s what we’re going to talk about today. Welcome to show chase.

03:07
How doing, man? I’m great. Thanks. Thanks for having me. I’m pumped to be back. So I know that you’ve been popping out kids left and right. How is the work family balance going for you? So I have two kids now. My older one is three and my younger one six months. And I think having a family, obviously shout out to your book and a bunch of stuff that you talk about. think having a family has been the best thing for my career. I now I’m so hyper focused and I’m way more productive because I know that if I don’t get stuff done during the workday,

03:37
it’s just never gonna get done. So I’m actually working way less and I feel like I’m getting way more done now that I have kids. It’s very counterintuitive but it’s been so helpful for me. I can totally relate to that because I remember in the past, this is back when my kids were young like yours, I refused to work after a certain time. But once I had kids, I’m like, okay, it’s 2am, I got like 40 minutes not doing anything, it as pump something out.

04:04
Yeah, it’s so interesting. And like, I’ve been really strict with my schedule lately is like, I won’t take calls before 9am my time, and I won’t take calls after two or three. So I’m pretty much online working from like, let’s call it nine to three. And I went from having almost a call every hour to now, maybe one or two calls max per per day, because if I hear something in other room, I want to be able to go run over there and hear my daughter laugh for the first time. So it’s made me so productive and really work smart, not hard, I think for a long time in my 20s.

04:34
is all about the grind culture and how hard could you work and how much hours could you put in? And that was really the badge of honor. And now it’s like, how lazy can I be and how much money can I make and how much can I get done in as little time as possible? And dude, I went on vacation, I went to Europe for a week. I didn’t really touch a computer. I was at a bachelor party last weekend, didn’t touch a computer. You know, five years ago, that would have never ever been possible for me. I love it. We’re in the same mentality now. Like I work until about noon and then

05:02
the latter half of the day is me literally driving my kids to their volleyball activities and everything. So, so cool. All right, Chase, you got a ton of clients before we get into the guts of LinkedIn. I’m just curious what’s been moving the needle for some of your clients and ecom like what’s hot. Yeah. So my, my perspective and lens has really been from email and SMS. I know obviously things like paid social have been, you know, challenging over the past couple of years with iOS 14, 14.5. Um, but email and SMS, I feel like I’ve really been like the saving grace for a lot of these brands.

05:32
So I’d say a couple of things that are interesting is like, I feel like the frequency of emails has increased with a lot of our clients because other channels aren’t producing as much. You’re having to send more emails. That doesn’t necessarily mean that a single person on the list is going to receive five or six emails. If that’s how many campaigns are sending per week. We’re obviously really smart with segmentation around a whole bunch of different attributes and purchase behavior, website behavior, email engagement, you know, et cetera.

06:00
geography even, you know, depending on what someone sells the time of the year and the weather, we’re sending related emails out for apparel. So right now, let’s say, you know, if it was the winter, it might be warm where I live in Southern California, maybe where people live in the Bay, but on the East Coast, it might be cold. So we’re sending people on the West Coast where it’s warm, still like t shirts and flip flops and shorts. We’re on the East Coast and messaging more is about winter and jackets and stuff. I think like

06:28
hyper personalization and sending more campaigns. And I think that sounds intuitive, right? The more emails you send, the more money you’re going to make. I like that’s been a big drivers. Like every client we’ve been working with is probably sending in the ballpark of 25 to 40 % more emails this time than they were over the last one or two years. I can see that. So unfortunately, Chase, you couldn’t make it to seller summit out this year because you were busy, busy popping out another kid. But one of the themes at the seller summit actually was

06:57
everyone wants to get into content, everyone wants to build an audience. Everyone wants to have the audience dictate what they sell. Because once you have that audience, you can pretty much do whatever you want. And so that’s why I wanted to talk to you about LinkedIn. LinkedIn is actually a platform that I’m not really on. Like I have my resume and all that stuff on there. And for the longest time, I thought it was just for like a job, really, if I want to find a job. But I went on not too long ago, and it looked just like Facebook. And

07:27
our conversation earlier before we got on, this is the social media platform that you value the most. So I just want you to talk about that real quick. Why is LinkedIn so good for you? Yes, I’ve been on LinkedIn for 12 years. And when I first joined, it was very much just you got jobs. It was a resume platform. It wasn’t very quote unquote social. I felt more transactional. And then over the past couple of years, I kind of posted here, posted there. Random posts would do well, but I could never find the recipe to have things consistently.

07:57
do well or go viral. And last year, almost about a year ago, 11, 11 months ago, I was like, I need to take this serious. I know I can do this. I’m doing Twitter. I’m doing all these other platforms. I’m going to figure out LinkedIn. And I just started asking people that were doing well questions. I started paying people for advice and just figuring it out. My hypothesis is that on every single platform, there’s 1 % of people that know something that the other 99 % don’t. And the way to fast track that and shortcut the learnings.

08:26
It’s to just ask and oftentimes you have to pay them or you have to befriend them. So just started hopping on calls, paying people, offering, you know, barters. Hey, I’ll teach you how to grow your newsletter. I’ll teach you how to grow your Twitter in exchange. And they taught me what it was. And, you know, in 11 months, it went from 27000 followers to 220,000 followers and about 100 million impressions on my content, all organic in that time frame. It’s been crazy.

08:51
That’s nuts. So it’s one thing to have impressions and that sort of thing. How has it actually affected like your email list or your businesses? Yes. My newsletter now is somewhere between like 80 to a hundred thousand people. And I’d say like 90 % of my growth has come from LinkedIn and Twitter alone. Some stuff comes from like referrals. Some stuff comes from it being shared and distributed and whatnot. But 90 % of my growth has come from two channels alone. Like literally on the back of my Twitter and LinkedIn, I’ve built my newsletter.

09:21
which is insane. That is insane. think the last time we spoke at seller summit, I think you were at 40,000 email subs. Yeah. Right. Yeah. So it’s, it’s about two to two and a half X in about 12 months. Oh, crazy. Okay. All right. So I’m sure people listening out there are like, Hey, I use LinkedIn to find a job. Start from the beginning. What should I do right off the bat? I have a LinkedIn profile. It basically has my resume on it. How do I start using it to get followers? Yeah. So

09:50
you know, outside of optimizing your profile and setting that up and whatnot, the best way to do that is go find people in your industry and in your niche and just go take like inspiration from them. Don’t, don’t copy them, but look at like three or five people in your space and jot down like, this person’s got a great title. This person’s got a great, you know, background or profile photo. This guy’s got a great, you know, summary section. Like go take inspiration from people that aside, there’s three things that you need to do well. And this I think is applicable to Twitter as well. But the first,

10:19
I’ll kind of name them and I’ll go through them. The first is good content, right? There’s no substitute for good content. The second part is lots of good content. You need the frequency. It’s a volume game, it’s numbers game. Some things hit, some things don’t. You need to throw as much out there. And then the last one that I think most people don’t understand and most people ignore is distribution. Most people I think post because they’re told to post or most people post because they think they’re supposed to. And then that’s all. It ends there.

10:45
I actually spend probably just as much time, if not more time on distribution than I actually do on the creation. So let’s start from the beginning. Good content, right? What’s good content? So it has to answer a few questions, you know, and it really is from the other person’s side, like what’s in it for me? You know, for every post I write, I’m thinking, you know, what’s in it for Steve? What’s in it for this person? What’s in it for that person? Are they going to find it funny? Are they going to learn something? Right? Is this something that they can be like,

11:13
Oh yeah, I totally feel that same way, right? So there’s certain emotions and there’s certain questions you have to evoke in each content piece. For me, I’m not very funny. You know, I don’t, I’m not great at a lot of things, but I’m really good at teaching tidbits that are really digestible and actionable that don’t take you too long to consume. So my whole MO is can I teach people with social content in a couple of minutes or less, something around email marketing, copywriting, or marketing that’s going to make them money.

11:41
impress their boss or do both, right? That’s kind of like my MO. So that’s one is good content. So it’s going on the content side. Every platform seems to have different things like Twitter, obviously, they limit you in the characters. if I were to repurpose my content, what is like the length? Like, could I literally take a blog post, shrink it down and post it on LinkedIn something that long? Or is it more like Twitter where it’s just kind of short and pithy?

12:09
Yeah, that’s a good question. On LinkedIn, I’d say there’s like three things that work for me. One is what’s called a carousel. So if you think about like your Twitter thread, you basically turn those into individual slides. So it almost ends up being like a PDF where it’s taking like a Twitter thread, let’s say like five or 10 or 15 related tweets and turning that into what LinkedIn calls a carousel. So LinkedIn’s threads are called carousels and it’s just a visual document. So what like to do- what people do on Instagram.

12:38
Exactly. Okay. That’s probably the best way to explain it is like when you do kind of that swipe thing. So what I basically do is there’s a free tool called tapleo.com backslash carousel. And what I basically do is I take my my Twitter thread, and you have to do this within seven days of the thread going live, you can go over to the tapleo, and it will basically turn your tweet thread into a PDF. And then I can go upload that same content into LinkedIn. So that’s that’s what that’s the first that does really, really well carousels. The second

13:06
is polls. If you have a decent sized audience running a poll, dude, it’s insane. Polls don’t get lots of like engagement, but they get lots of reach. So it’s not a lot of people liking commenting on them necessarily, but tons of people vote. And the more people that vote, the more it gets shown to some of my most popular posts or polls. I’ll literally ask things that are like HTML, right? Image based emails or plain text emails. And dude, these will get five to 10,000 votes because people are very passionate about it. Okay. And they’ll get

13:35
They’ll get 100,000 views on these simple polls. So for at one point in time, I was trying to do a daily poll and then I just got over it. It was just a lot of work, but these polls would just rack up tons of votes and tons of impressions. And then the last one is what I’ll literally do is I’ll take a screenshot of my tweet and then I’ll put the text of the tweet as the description of the post. So if you look at my thing, it’s literally a clone. The screenshot, the image is the tweet and then the text from the image is just the description.

14:05
That’s what I do. I found that LinkedIn favors text plus image. Text alone, I haven’t had a lot of success with. So that’s what I’m seeing. And I’m one of the few people that’s been making video work. Video for a long time on LinkedIn is very so-so, but I’ve had some videos on LinkedIn get 100,000, 500,000, a million views, whereas most people can’t get that kind of traction. What type of videos are we talking about here? Like TikTok type of videos or horizontal, vertical?

14:34
Yes, so the videos that I posted were, yeah, I guess it kind of like a Instagram real tick tock type thing. They’re about 20 to 40 seconds long and they had no no audio, just basically no audio, no captions. And it was basically just a screen hover of these different AI tools I was using. I didn’t even put the name of the AI tools. I basically just showed people the thing of like going on Nike dot com, go into a product image and using this AI tool to write a product description or to write certain things.

15:02
And everyone was like, Whoa, this is so cool. Like, what is this sorcery? What’s the name of the tool? So I was kind of making videos that I knew people would find interesting and I knew would drive a lot of engagement and questions and comments. And I purposely didn’t give out the tool because I wasn’t trying to promote the tool. I was just trying to promote something cool, but I knew that it would drive engagement. Interesting. So these are videos that you purposely filmed for LinkedIn. Correct. Yeah. Specifically for LinkedIn. I also threw them on Twitter and they did well on Twitter, but I didn’t use them on Tik Tok or anywhere else.

15:31
but I got inspiration from TikTok and Instagram. these horizontal or are they vertically shot or does it matter? Yeah, I don’t know that it matters. It was just a screen recording a tuck on my computer. Oh, OK. So it sounds like you’re repurposing a lot of your content that you’re getting from Twitter for this, right? Yes. So what I what I basically do is I post two to three times a day and this kind of gets to the second part of the equation. So the first part of the equation was good content. The second part of the equation is volume of content. So I typically post two to three times per day on LinkedIn.

16:00
uh, lunchtime and then like afternoon. And I’ve found to a lot of people that follow me from all over the world. So typically my first post in the morning typically does the best cause that’s where all the time zones are crossing. That’s when PST and EST and all the time zones in the U S and it’s early enough, but also kind of late in Europe and elsewhere where they probably engage before they sign up for the day. So I’d find like between, I don’t know, 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. PST, that first post I do.

16:30
has the most kind of reach and has the most amount of countries engaging. The middle of the day post, that’s typically like, you know, US, Canada, people kind of in North America. And then at the end of the day, depending on how a post does, it also extends into kind of some of the time zones that are now waking up like Australia and elsewhere. And with that, so one of the posts every day is something that’s repurposed, something that’s repurposed from my LinkedIn from six months ago, something that’s repurposed from my Twitter from six months ago.

17:00
And I basically go onto these tools and I’m able to go, let’s say back to the start of the year. And I’m able to say, Hey, in January, what were my popular posts? And I can sort it by views. I can sort it by likes. I can sort it by comments. And I’m able to say, okay, this posted well, then let me just reuse the same thing. I don’t even remember what I posted six months ago. No one’s going to remember. Right. So I repost it and it does really, really well because it’s proven to have worked in the past. So I’m taking things that were already popular. The second thing that I’ll do.

17:30
is I’ll take content that was a little bit more recent, let’s say the past three months, and I’ll do a new hook or a new spin, or I’ll do a similar type content, either rewriting it myself or leveraging AI. AI somehow knew who I was already, which was crazy. And then I started training the AI to really understand my voice. And I fed it different posts. said, hey, this post got this much engagement on LinkedIn. This post got this much engagement. My audience is marketers, founders, copywriters, freelancers.

17:59
And then I’ll basically just go through and say, you know, give me a pivot of this. want it to be similar sentiment, but give me a pivot on this and do this kind of content has been crushing it because it’s taking things I’ve already said. It’s just saying it a little bit differently. And then the last post of the day is something that I write kind of net new, something that’s in a conversation on a call, something that I think about, something that I read that I want to riff on a question that I get. So one is repurposed entirely.

18:28
something else is kind of partially repurposed and then something else is net new. So that’s been my strategy. What tool do you use to find your popular posts? So there’s three tools I use. One is literally Twitter advanced search. It’s free. And what you basically can do is you can put on any topic, any handle, any specific number of likes, any recency, and it will show you all of the posts. So what I basically do is I put in my Twitter handle and I’ll give it a timeframe and I’ll say,

18:55
I want the post to have a minimum of a hundred likes or something like that, right? Or a minimum of ten retweets. So Twitter advanced search is the free one. And then the other two that I use, one is called tweet hunter. It’s specifically for Twitter. And the other one’s called tap Leo. And that one specifically for LinkedIn. It’s made from the same owner. So depending on what platform I’m trying to repurpose for, I’ll go to the one that’s for that platform. Okay.

19:18
And then in terms of the content, are you the one physically posting or is there a tool that can where you can just schedule out like a month’s worth? Yeah, I don’t believe in scheduling. I know it’s kind of counterintuitive, but I don’t like scheduling. I go around like gut feeling of like when I’m online, when I’m active, when I’m seeing other posts kind of take off. That’s when I post. And what I noticed, too, when I wasn’t doing well in LinkedIn, I would post and bail when I was really bullish on Twitter and not so bullish on LinkedIn.

19:45
I would just post on LinkedIn and I’d be like, see you later. And I’d forget about it until I posted again. Now what I do is I stick around every time I post for about five to 10 minutes and I respond and engage with everyone that comments. I’ve noticed that when I didn’t do that, people would comment two or three times and then they’re like, chase is not active. He’s never going to engage. Why am I going to engage with him? And now when I do engage, I noticed the same people every single day engaging and commenting and just waiting for me to engage back.

20:13
And that people send me DMs. Thanks so much for responding to me. like people get really excited about like you responding and being engaged and being social. So it’s been a huge game changer actually replying to people. It’s changed the game.

20:28
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

20:57
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

21:25
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:44
Interesting. So are you doing that same strategy on Twitter where you’re replying to people also? I’m trying. I’m more bullish on LinkedIn right now, so I’m definitely spending more time on LinkedIn doing that. I am doing some of it on Twitter. I probably could be doing more though. The only reason why I ask is, I mean, that’s a lot of time on an app, right? A lot of time. Replying to people and I would imagine with an account your size, you probably get a fair number of replies and you want to make sure you reply to everyone, right? When you can.

22:13
Yeah, I’d say like posts that don’t do as well. getting 30 to 50 comments and then posts that do well. I’m getting hundreds of comments like there’s some posts I’ll do like that have 300, 500, 700 comments. It’s insane. I can’t respond to all of them, obviously. Yeah, yeah. So I’m thinking if you don’t do that, then LinkedIn is not going to be as effective is basically what I hear you saying. Yeah, I think like all the algorithms, they have a couple things, right? Like

22:41
Um, on Twitter, on LinkedIn in particular, right? There’s different weights for likes, comments, and retweets or repost LinkedIn calls them reposts. Um, and then with that, right? Like when people engage, I’ve seen like Twitter’s algorithm, there’s something there where like, if you get a response and if you reply, it gives you this kind of a boost. And if they reply back, you get this kind of boost. So if you create almost mini dialogue and conversations within posts, it seems like the platforms rewards you because you are there, you are active and whatnot.

23:10
And also to like with a lot of this stuff, like just by me liking and commenting or applying, a lot of my activity has been shown on the feed because I’m just so active. A lot of my posts show up more often. My posts on LinkedIn, I’ve noticed show up for days now. Like, like I’ll have posts that people have said, like, I don’t know why I’ve seen your posts from a week ago on my timeline now. So I don’t know what or why, but it feels like the more that I engage, and this is just my hypothesis. I’m in the more engagement these things get the longer that they’re shown in the feed. Makes sense.

23:40
How is this different from Facebook? Are you doing the same thing on Facebook or Facebook platform where I post and I bail? It’s very captain limited, right? I’ve got 5000 friends. That’s it. People on Facebook, I think follow me elsewhere and probably engage with me elsewhere. So I post on Facebook, Facebook’s probably my least favorite least engaging platforms is because like, there’s no real chance of like, virality. There’s like no organic reach. LinkedIn’s got great reach.

24:10
Twitter’s kind of so so I feel like since Elon came on, it’s been like a hit or a miss. Instagram’s all right, it’s not great, not terrible, but I think like LinkedIn and Twitter are really interesting. And I’m trying to game the heck out of threads, the new app by Metta, but we’ll see. So how does that, so it’s one thing to get engagement and presumably you’re not posting links on your LinkedIn posts, right? Most of the time I’m not. I do do stuff where I’ll promote my…

24:37
courses, my agency, sponsored content, whatnot. What I typically do is I’ll post without the link. I’ll try to wait for engagement. I’ll make like the content, you know, educational or kind of informational. And then after about an hour, I’ll go update the post with a link. I found that that’s the best. If you post a link out the gate, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn, like wherever you’re you’re immediately pretty dinged. Whereas if you wait, get a little engagement, you wait till about an hour. I’ve noticed that like

25:06
you already are kind of carried enough in the feed where you can still go a little bit further. Interesting. So using that method, that’s how you’ve built up your email list. Like what’s the process for getting them onto your email list? Yeah, yeah, yeah. So there’s a couple of things like one is I just got a ton of traffic to my my my page on LinkedIn. So like my profile page. And I’ve almost optimized that as if it’s a landing page. Right. So my bio is like 10 billions of emails driven hundreds of millions of dollars in email revenue.

25:35
You something like subscribe for my newsletter and like I have a button or a link on my profile that’s pretty high up that says like you know visit newsletter visit subscription right that’s one. Two is like I have a linkedin newsletter that also is featured I’ve got like 90,000 people my linkedin newsletter so people like subscribe to that and then I’m pretty aggressive in my linkedin newsletter sending them stuff to subscribe but after posts go viral or I think they’re gonna go viral I’ll literally edit the post so on Twitter.

26:02
If you have Twitter blue, if you have the tick mark, you can update your post within 30 minutes of posting on LinkedIn. You can upload or kind of edit your posts at any point in time. So what I’ll typically do is I’ll wait for an hour or two. If the post is done well, I’ll literally update the description of the post and I’ll add a PS saying PS 75,000, 85,000 email marketers and copywriters subscribe to my newsletter. Click here to join for free and I’ll add a link. So if you look at my profile later, you’ll see a lot of the stuff that like all these posts I’ll do.

26:32
I’ll also post certain things that like, okay, this was crazy. So I did 25 chat GPT prompts, you know, the 25 X year marketing, whatever. And I did it as a carousel. I did it as a PDF. So people weren’t able to copy and paste the prompts. So what I basically, after I posted that, I started going viral. What I quickly did is I threw them into a Google document and I created a landing page that said, Hey, if you want this PDF in written form, enter your email here and I’ll send you the written form so you can copy and paste.

27:01
Dude, I think it drove like three or 4,000 email subs off one post. I like 500,000 views and I had like three to 4,000 people actually opt in. So I’m creating now like lead magnets that are tied to posts and just sending people there. I’m offering like a free email course. I’ve had 3,400 people download that since I’ve made the course and started promoting it on LinkedIn. So I’m now like thinking in terms of email subs, like what’s the content that I can reverse engineer to drive the sub? And I’m just giving away tons of

27:29
free shit that I’ve made or chat GBT is made and people are just eating it up. Walk me through this. So you said you were uploading a PDF to LinkedIn and for someone like me who doesn’t know what that means, you’re literally uploading a PDF, but does it turn into the carousel or what? Yes, exactly. The way that you do the carousel, it has to be a PDF format. So it does the formatting where like it’s almost like a slideshow. Just like you mentioned on Instagram, that format where you upload images, you do the exact same thing, but you just have to do it as a PDF.

27:58
and then it auto formats the slide. So on Instagram, if you have 10 images, you know, on LinkedIn, you have basically 10 pages within a PDF and that will show. Okay. So what I basically do is I have a team on Instagram that’s helping with some of the content and I’m just taking their stuff that’s images and I’m just converting into a PDF and I’ll post that type of content. Interesting. So unlike my brain is running here, cause I have for all these little mini courses, just like you do actually.

28:25
Yeah. So if I were to turn those into PDFs, they turn in, look like individual posts on LinkedIn. And could I just have an opt in for them to just get the PDF? Yeah, yeah. Dude, there’s crazy stuff that you could do. You like, yeah, within the so also to like what I do sometimes is like within the carousels, I’ll add a break. Like let’s say I’m doing a Twitter thread. I’ll add a break within the carousel. It’s after five slides. It says something like, if you’re enjoying this hit like and comment on this post right now to drive the engagement. And then at the end, it’s like

28:55
If you like this, go to this website and get this free guide or something. So I’m basically within the carousel itself. I’m having little plugs and mentions that try to get people to take action, but also to, I’ll just update the text of the post. I’ll basically say like, uh, chase or copywriting frameworks. it’s like 10 copywriting frameworks to 10 extra copywriting results, know, see the carousel below. And then what am I doing an hour later is like,

29:22
Hey, if you want this post in the text version, so you can copy and paste these prompts or these frameworks, hit this link below, enter your email, and I’ll send it to you via email. So I’m basically doing that type of thing. And then that link is something you add later or for those types of posts, you add them later. I wait an hour or two later so it gets traction. And then I add the link after it’s gotten engagement and it’s kind of being pushed to the feeds. Can we just talk about the viral nature?

29:50
Do you get reach beyond your subscribers on LinkedIn? Yeah, yeah, yeah. So, I mean, 200 something thousand subs or followers, and I’ve had 100 million impressions on my content. And I got to imagine most of those people are probably some obviously are within obviously the network, but a lot are outside of it. So see a lot of like second and third degree connections, engaging with stuff, liking stuff, resharing stuff and whatnot. However,

30:17
LinkedIn is going through some algorithm changes where I think they’re trying to show more of your content to first degree connections. And that really kind of be the curation of like the topic. So they are going through some algorithm stuff. So I don’t know where it’s going to land, but I do get a lot of people outside of the network opting in because I’ve probably gotten 30 to 50,000 subs specifically from LinkedIn. And I know those probably aren’t just all people that follow me. So it’s kind of like Twitter in that respect, right? There’s a chance to go viral. Unlike

30:47
Facebook or Instagram with an organic post, I guess it doesn’t count for reals, but organic on Facebook and Instagram is pretty weak compared to LinkedIn. Yeah, yeah, big time. Like I’m pulling up my feed right now. So like I a post yesterday from 14 hours ago. It has 1700 likes 114 comments and 85 reposts. let’s see. And then what kind of impressions is that? I’m just trying to pull the impressions. It’s like

31:15
I’m guessing, let me see, that’s probably 100,000 impressions. Yeah, so it’s 104,849 impressions. So that was one from yesterday. I I posted twice yesterday. A different one had 706 likes, 80 comments and 59 reposts. That had 43,000 impressions. So just on two posts yesterday, just around 150,000 impressions. And I noticed too that like, as I mentioned, posts living in the feed, I’m still getting a lot of impressions from the day before.

31:45
and things just kind of carry. So yeah, it’s kind of crazy to see like I don’t get this kind of engagement on Twitter anymore. I’ve got 120,000 on Twitter and my LinkedIn, it just blows it out of the water. It seems like just the half life of posts on LinkedIn is as much bigger than Twitter, Facebook and Instagram. Like I know on Facebook and Instagram, it dies after like a day. Yep. Amazing. One other interesting thing to talk about on LinkedIn, I’m building almost like a

32:14
Like a theme page network. if you think about like Jerry media and the pages they built on Instagram, let’s say five to seven years ago, I’m taking that same kind of approach on LinkedIn. I haven’t seen anyone really building out a network. So right now I own three big pages and three small pages. So the three big pages, I have an AI page, all about AI content with about 75,000 followers. I’ve got a copywriting page with about 60,000 followers. I’ve got a marketing page with about 35,000 followers. So those are my big pages.

32:42
So outside of my 220,000 followers, you know, that’s another 150, 175,000 followers, give or take that I have in this network. And now I’m building out a page for daily business tips and one for email marketing tips. So I’m building out like these pages because my goal is I want to have a million followers in my network in the next six to 12 months. I’m about halfway there. And I think with that, like you can control LinkedIn because there’s so much organic reach and because

33:10
someone liking and commenting and engaging with your stuff shows to their network. It’s really powerful. Can we talk about the type of people that are on LinkedIn? Yeah. Is it how does it compare to like the folks on Instagram, Twitter? Are they more? I don’t want to say advanced, but are they more like educated or can you get an idea? Yeah, it’s it’s interesting. Like speaking to my Twitter, so I take on my Twitter, there’s a really good.

33:38
to see crowd a lot of seven and eight figure founder brand owners kind of operators. I feel like that’s like my Twitter’s a lot of those people. Also a lot of people that want to learn copywriting and whatnot too that are more beginners. my Twitter’s kind of this interesting balance of like fairly advanced e-commerce owners and then kind of new email marketers, new copywriters. On LinkedIn, I would say there’s a lot of like more like mid level to senior type folks in kind of the marketing tech.

34:07
kind of space. I’ve got a lot of like marketing managers that follow me, lot of directors of marketing, a lot of freelancers, a lot of consultants, a lot of that type of stuff a bit more, I guess corporate type folks follow me on LinkedIn, like and it’s pretty cool on LinkedIn, you can actually go to your insights. I’m gonna try to up real quickly. And you can see like some insights on like who your followers are, where they’re based. So let’s see. So if I go to my followers, it will show my impressions.

34:36
So the last seven days, most of my views, so came from a founder, a co-founder, a marketing manager, a CEO or an owner. That was kind of the last, those are the job titles in the locations. So London, LA, New York, and then Delhi. in India, so three or two big places in the U S you know, big place in UK and then somewhere in India. And if I look at like industry seniorities, shows you everything like

35:06
Most people over the last week are from advertising services, IT services, consulting, or business services, right? So it’s just really interesting, like seniority. Senior is the highest one, and then director, and then entry owner and manager. So there’s a lot of insights you can see on like who’s engaging with specific posts, who’s following you, who’s senior stuff. It’s pretty cool to see. So I can see for someone like me and you, this would be very valuable. What about like an e-commerce brand? Would you recommend

35:36
LinkedIn as a social media platform for that? Yeah, it’s interesting. So I think in terms of like selling a physical product, probably not. But I think in terms of like recruiting talent and recruiting investors, advisors, I think absolutely. So I think like as a brand owner, brand founder, like if your goal is to eventually exit a business or to hire people above and beyond yourself, I think you have to be in the conversation on LinkedIn, Twitter, you know, pick your poison because that’s such a great recruiting tool.

36:03
For example, there’s this guy named Davey Fogarty. He runs like Coming Blankets and Ooty, very successful guy. I was wondering why he was going so hard on social. He went hard on YouTube, on Instagram, on Twitter. And he said it’s just such a great way to find businesses to buy, find investors to invest, find people to acquire it. People want to work with him because he’s got a personal brand. If you think about like the guys on Gymshark or him or other people, like if you’re on social media and you’re a little bit more accessible.

36:31
you’re going to have an influx of talent that wants to work with you. So I think it’s just a great recruiting networking tool. I can see that. And then what percentage of these people actually visit your profile? And you mentioned optimizing your profile. Can you just kind of elaborate what the different parts because the profile looks different, right? Than any other social media platform. You can put more stuff on it, basically. Yeah. So like, you know, just looking at the profile. So you’ve got like a profile photo and a background photo.

36:57
So my profile photo is just a photo for me at a wedding, right? It looks professional, but also looks kind of fun. My background image just kind of talks about like what I do. So it says like chase diamond, email marketing nerd driven 150 million plus an email revenue, right? So just something really quickly that establishes the credibility. And then I actually made my name on LinkedIn chase and then brackets e-commerce, email marketing nerd and bracket diamond. So instead of my actual middle name, I just did that for

37:27
what I think is probably search intent. I’m imagining people search email marketing or e-commerce and I’m hoping that at this point at rank and then in it, right? Like my disc basically like my tagline or my headline is top e-commerce email marketer sent over a billion emails resulting in 150 plus in email revenue, right? So something that just really clearly states that like most of the stuff that you’re gonna learn from me is related to email and some copywriting stuff and establishing that authority of the fact that like

37:56
I send over a billion emails, I’ve done this, and then you of go into a featured section. So in my featured section, I’ve got this article from Business Insider that they wrote on me about how I use AI tools and I’ve done, you know, seven figures a year and whatnot. So that’s kind of the thing where you have to do is like nice photo, the right banner, right tagline headline, and some social proof pretty quickly. then of course, there’s a link to some to join one of your email lists or something like that on there also, right? Exactly.

38:26
So doing what you do and knowing what you know, because I feel like you’re everywhere right now. How would you rank your different social media platforms today? Yes, newsletter aside, obviously, I love my newsletter. It’s direct access to the inbox. You can’t you can’t beat it, right? Yeah, you know, it’s crazy. Like I remember thinking like, oh, man, if I ever got a thousand people to open my emails, it’d be crazy. And it’s like, oh, if I could ever get ten thousand people now, I’m at about 30 to 40 thousand people actually like engaging and opening with emails.

38:55
Obviously maybe it’s some inflation because of iOS 15, more or less, right? email newsletter side, I’d say LinkedIn is number one, which it was not always the case. I never thought anything would dethrone Twitter. I’d say Twitter is number two, Instagram is three, and then Facebook is four, and then trying out threads, but it’s way too early. So I’d say those are top four. So LinkedIn, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook. I know threads is way too early. What are your just kind of initial views on it?

39:25
playing around with it so far. Yeah, I thought the first day I loaded it and the second day I got a lot of reach. My reach hasn’t been as great lately, I’ve got like three or four thousand followers there so far. So it’s a decent jump. Right now I’m kind of the point of just posting the post and seeing what happens. Maybe if things start to pan out, I start to reply and engage, but it’s just too early for me to bet a lot on. So it’s more just kind of aimlessly posting at this point. Okay. Are you using it?

39:53
I’m on it. I literally just got on it. I think I have maybe 1000 followers. I’ve just been kind of repurposing my Twitter feed on there. Essentially. Same. I don’t I don’t see anything happening just just yet. Can we just talk about logistics real quick. So you mentioned you got all these pages on LinkedIn now. And you’re posting three times a day and presumably you’re doing that for all the pages also. How how do you do that? Without your Yeah,

40:21
So every morning when I get online, I’ll basically do the rounds. I’ll basically hit my my own personal Twitter. I’ve got a copywriting page on Twitter. I’ll post there. I’ll basically take a screenshot of my tweet and I’ll throw that on Facebook and I’ll throw that on my Instagram story. And then I’ll go to LinkedIn. I’ll spend a little bit more time thinking about what to post. I’ll post there. And then with with the pages, I only typically post once, potentially twice a day. And I actually just recently hired someone to help me manage the pages just because like

40:50
It was getting ridiculous. And I also started this LinkedIn business too, where she’s helping me run that business. So she’s kind of helping run and do some of the stuff on like the LinkedIn pages now. But yeah, it was, was a while before, but I basically just the first 20, 30 minutes of the day, just knock out all the posts. And then the only posts that I would continue with throughout the rest of the day, another two times would be my own posts. So I would just knock everything out right away, get it over with, try to engage. then later in the day,

41:18
I’ll just go and retweet or repost the things that way it kind of has a second life. And that’s also actually one thing too is like, I found out recently that like reposting my stuff about five to 10 hours later gives it the second win, the second life, or I’ve always done that on Instagram or sorry on Twitter. I just never had done that before on LinkedIn. So I just post kind of blitz right away in the morning and now I have this girl helping, which has been huge.

41:42
But you don’t use any scheduling tools. you literally are, oh man, I don’t know if I could do that. So it’s just part of your routine basically. It’s yeah, it’s part of my routine. That was the only thing I’d kept up with on vacation was just posting two or three times a day my stuff and maybe tuck me 45 minutes to an hour all in. Okay. Is there a schedule? Like it seems like the only reason you don’t use a scheduling tool is because you want to be there to engage, but can you just.

42:09
have it auto schedule and you just kind of open the app? Yeah, I could. But then I’d have to think about like the scheduling and the posting and I have to know what to say. And a lot of the stuff like it’s just in the moment where I where I I’m looking at stuff from yesterday, like what hit what didn’t hit? What can I do today? So like a lot of it’s like decisions on the fly. I’m sure I could kind of like schedule and think those out. But I’ve just had a lot of luck with just being active and engaged and almost being like this science gut feeling that I’m like, that’s working.

42:39
Plus honestly, this is my job today. This is all I do. I run my newsletter, I do social media, I reply to emails, I make intros to my team. This is all I do. I own an agency, but I don’t spend much time on it. I’m kind of the face of it and the lead generator of it. The team there is fantastic. So I just think about new businesses, I engage with people on social media, I listen to podcasts. I don’t really do much work outside of this. I see, okay. And then you said you have a LinkedIn newsletter, right?

43:08
That’s a that’s an email newsletter or. Yeah, it’s interesting. So like it’s native to LinkedIn where I don’t own the emails of those people. So my newsletter that’s like 70,000, 80,000 people that’s separate. My LinkedIn newsletter. I basically just repurpose my email newsletter on there. And what happens is when I post there, it sends people an email and it sends them a notification. So basically it’s pretty cool. I’m kind of you get a double dip where I basically.

43:34
Some people are obviously gonna receive my email newsletter plus my LinkedIn newsletter and they’re probably annoyed and hate me, but that’s okay. But I just use it as a repurposing tool and I’m a little bit more aggressive with my LinkedIn newsletter because I don’t own their emails. So I’m just trying to always push people to my actual email. Interesting. So there’s no rules on that, right? With this email list? No, because I don’t own the emails. I could just post whatever I want, whenever I want, however I want. And one cool thing too is like after people connect or follow me,

44:03
I’ve noticed that LinkedIn sends them an automatic invitation to subscribe to my newsletter, which is really nice. That’s how it’s grown so much. It’s like every time someone follows me, it will go to you and say, Hey, Steve, do you want to subscribe to Chase Diamond’s email marketing tips newsletter? And all they have to do is click a checkbox or an X mark. yay or nay. you basically whenever you send out an email to your newsletter, you just kind of duplicate it for your LinkedIn newsletter? Yeah, pretty much. I don’t do it every time. I send my email newsletter three times a week. I probably am

44:32
I forget about LinkedIn. I probably do it once or twice a week. Are there any restrictions on this? Because I know all the other platforms are doing this now, right? You could subscribe on Instagram. You can subscribe on Facebook. This is something similar, right? Yeah. I don’t know. I was really excited about this in the beginning, kind of died off. And now I’m just like, hey, it’s just an extra distribution. It doesn’t give you great analytics. I can’t see the number of clicks. I can’t see like who opened it.

45:02
I can kind of just see like, for example, I think I did one yesterday. Basically like the metric it gives you is like article views. So you see like post impressions and then you see article views. So let’s see where this was. I mean, one sec. So like there’s two different metrics. Okay. So it was showing that there was about 6,000 impressions on my newsletter, uh, post, which isn’t great. Even though I had like a hundred likes, know, 23 comments. So the number of impressions on the post itself didn’t do great, but when I go into view, the analytics.

45:31
It’s saying it had 21,000 article views. So I think 6,000 people saw it in the feed and then 21,000 people actually opened it and read it or a portion of it. So from the email, basically the LinkedIn newsletter. Yeah. So they either viewed it within the email or they got the notification and they read into it. So I’ve got 89,600. So 21, 21 divided by that’s bad. 25%. Yeah. Yeah. 24, 25 % open rate.

46:01
technically. Right. Okay. So I mean, this is like an extension of email, right? Yeah, it’s just it’s no extra work. It’s just something that will keep growing. Like, you know, I imagine a year from now, it’ll be at 150 or 200,000 subs, right? So, you know, and hopefully then it’s like 40 or 50,000 people are reading it, right? So it’s just like an extra channel of distribution. I love it. Okay, you’ve gotten me excited. You got me excited about Twitter. What was it two years ago? Now, it’s got me excited about LinkedIn.

46:30
I know you offer some services and whatnot about this. Where can people find you if they need help on this on LinkedIn and that sort of thing? Yeah, and that comes to the third point. Like the way that you make LinkedIn work is distribution. And it’s literally as dead simple as getting friends, family, influencers, coworkers, whoever to like and comment with your posts. So a lot of people I would I talk about this very openly and freely. Like those are the three things you need. Good content.

46:57
lots of good content and getting people to engage. So I’ve talked about for so long and people were like, well, I don’t know how to get people to engage and can you make introductions and can you do it? I’m like, F it, I’m just gonna start offering it. So I have a package that’s $500 a month where I will engage with up to three posts per day, six days a week of your content from my own account plus my network of pages. So basically every day you’re getting potentially upwards of a couple hundred thousand followers seeing your content. Obviously not everyone sees it.

47:26
But I started this in April. The best person has five X’d their following. They went from like 4,000 to 20,000. And then the worst person has been growing at about 25 % month over month. So, you know, depending on where they’re at and everywhere, somewhere in between, most people aren’t gonna five X their stuff. Let’s be realistic. But a lot of people are up 30, 50, 100%, you know, month over month, like with this service. I love it. So I imagine you have to be selective, right? Yes.

47:55
Yeah, so I kind of cap at about 50 people and I’m right shy of it. I think about like 46 or 47 people. So taking on a couple new people a month, obviously some people turn it’s not for everyone. Sure. So far I’ve had about five to 10 percent of people turning each month. So I’ve had, you know, in the ballpark, like two to four people turn. It’s maybe not the right fit or they got what they needed out of it or they just didn’t have the right content or some people went on summer. They’re going to come back. So I’ve got a couple of spots that are open and.

48:23
Essentially, if your audience is marketers, founders, copywriters, freelancers, and consultants, it’s a good fit. For example, I sent an email to my newsletter, had like a lawyer reach out. like, well, I don’t really know if my following is interested in the law stuff. Or I had someone that was like an accountant reach out. So anyone that’s targeting audiences like mine is a good fit. If people like my content and your content is similar to mine, it’s a good fit. But if you’re talking about something like accounting or finance or legal or, you know, all these other topics.

48:52
it’s probably not a good fit. Where can people find you or with your service? also have to give a class. I can’t remember. You have a class. Not on LinkedIn. I’ve got like an e-commerce marketing course, e-commerce agency. So you can add me on Twitter, you come chase diamond, no way in diamond. Find me on LinkedIn. Just chase diamond, no way in diamond or bother Steven. Have introduced me. Yeah, I can do that. Or I’ll just post your cell phone number right beneath this episode and they can text you.

49:22
Yeah, great. Yeah, I know. So no, it was great. Cool. Well, hey, Chase, thanks a lot for coming on and making me excited on yet another social media platform that that I’m excited about now actually. Because I remember when you got me on Twitter, I was very doubtful. Yeah, very doubtful until I started seeing the email subs come in, then I got all excited. So I presumably this will be like the same thing. Do you crush that? mean, now up to 40,000 followers.

49:51
third most email subs from a platform. think LinkedIn could be just as good if not better for you. I really do. And then my job is to get you on YouTube, Chase, because you would crush it on there. And I think YouTube has been amazing. Yes, I need to I need to do that. I’ll have to start a podcast so could come on mine. I can ask you about YouTube. Yeah, absolutely. Well, hey, Chase, thanks a for coming back on, man. Appreciate you. Thanks for having me. Appreciate you.

50:19
Hope you enjoy that episode and thanks to Chase, I am now going to give LinkedIn a shot. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 44. And once again, I want to thank Katita for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Katita over at mywifecluderjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Lake Brokerage.

50:48
Quiet Light brokerage is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business. I’ve known them for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them, and I trust them 100%. If you want a free valuation for your business or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequietlight.com. That’s mywifequietlight.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequietlight.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course.

51:18
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

483: A Lazy Way To Make $200/Day In Passive Income – Family First Friday

483: A Lazy Way To Make $200/Day In Passive Income (Work From Home) – Family First Friday

Recently, I’ve been getting a lot of questions about how I make money advertising on my blog. So I put together an in-depth tutorial on how I generate between $200-$350 per day in passive income by literally doing nothing.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How To Make Money By Selling Advertising
  • 5 Main Ad Networks That Are Popular Among Bloggers
  • How To Generate Traffic For Your Blog

Transcript

00:00
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:29
Now in a prior episode that I published on how I make $5,800 per day in passive income, I got a lot of questions specifically about how I make money advertising on my blog. So today I’m going to teach you exactly how I make between 200 to $350 per day in passive income by literally doing nothing. Now I just want to say upfront, I went through the first 13 years of blogging without displaying any ads on my site.

00:56
And I was really torn about whether to do it at all because the viewer experience is not as good. But both my friends Spencer Hawes and Mike Jackness started doing it with their blogs and they reported no degradation in time on site, bounce rate and other metrics. So I said, what the heck? Let’s just give this a go. Now in order to make money selling advertising on your website, obviously you first need a website. So I’m not gonna go into the specifics on how to launch your own WordPress blog.

01:23
but I have put together a video in the show notes that you can watch later that will walk you through how to set up your website for only $3 in under five minutes. Putting up your own WordPress blog is not rocket science and it literally requires zero technical knowledge. And because WordPress is so easy to use, it literally powers over 25 % of the entire web. So I’m gonna start this episode by diving straight into how to make money by selling advertising because that’s what most of you have been asking me about in your email questions.

01:53
But if you want to learn my exact strategies for creating content and generating traffic, I’m going to cover it at the end of this episode. So assuming you have a blog and a readership, the easiest way to make money advertising is by signing up with an ad network. An ad network is a platform that matches advertisers with publishers, and basically they collect ad inventory from various publishers and bundle it all together to sell it to advertisers. And by offering this service, they take a cut of the ad revenue.

02:23
Now, why would you want to give an ad network a cut of your earnings? It’s because otherwise you would have to reach out to individual companies and then broker these ad deals yourself, which is a ton of work and generally not worth your time. And incidentally, this is what I do whenever I need to get a podcast sponsorship. I’m doing all my negotiations, but I do get to keep all the money. Now, as of this recording right now, there are five main ad networks that are popular among bloggers. And I’m going to start with the best ones first.

02:52
which do require traffic minimums to join, followed by the ones that anyone can join. Now the first, and one of the best ad networks in the world is called AdThrive. AdThrive is a premium ad network that only takes on blogs that generate a minimum of 100K page views a month. Now a page view is defined as a number of pages that get loaded on your site per month, and it’s completely independent of the number of visitors that you receive. For example, in theory,

03:20
you could have one person visit your page 100,000 times, and that would technically qualify. But ad networks do look at your analytics reports and make sure that that’s not happening. Now, the next premium ad network is called Mediavine. Mediavine is the one that I personally use for my blog, and I’ll explain later on in this episode why that’s the case. But Mediavine requires a 50K page view per month minimum to join. And then going further down this list, we have Izuik and Monumetric.

03:48
which each carry a 10K minimum page view per month requirement. And at the very bottom, we have Google AdSense, which is Google’s own ad network, which has no requirements to join whatsoever. Now, even though AdSense is at the very bottom of my list, there’s nothing wrong with using it. After all, if you don’t qualify for some of the more premium networks, then you can make a couple of hundred extra dollars per month by doing nothing with AdSense. Now, once again, there are zero requirements to join AdSense.

04:17
So you may as well do it from the start. Now to make the highest amount of money selling advertising, you either have to sell your own ads or join the best ad networks, which in this case is AdThrive and Mediavine. Now obviously using an ad network is not free. The company needs to get paid out somehow, and here are some specifics regarding AdThrive and Mediavine. Now with AdThrive, they take a 25 % cut of all the proceeds and their average CPM is about $15.

04:44
This CPM number is how much you get paid per 1,000 impressions of an ad. So if your blog gets 10,000 views per month with a CPM of 15, you make 150 bucks. Now the main advantage of AdThrive is that the CPMs are high and they pay you out very quickly within a month. Likewise, Mediavine also takes a 25 % cut and their average CPM is also around 15 bucks. But their approval process is much longer and they only pay you out after 65 days

05:14
which is literally double what AdThrive offers. So why did I choose Mediavine over AdThrive? Well, it’s because Mediavine offers much better site speed. And typically, one of the big negatives of adding advertisements to your website is that it’s going to slow down your blog. But Mediavine has specifically optimized their ads to not affect your site speed at all. And because I care about how fast my website loads, going with Mediavine was a no-brainer despite its disadvantages compared to AdThrive.

05:43
And even though both Mediavine and AdThrive advertise CPMs in the $15 range, in reality, you could get paid out much more. So for example, if your blog is in the business or the finance space like mine is, you can easily get CPMs in the $60 range or even more than that. The amount you get paid also depends on where your traffic is coming from. In general, any English speaking country is going to get paid out more than a non-English speaking country.

06:10
Now I know it sucks for all the foreign language websites out there, but that’s just the way it works. The amount you are paid also depends on two other factors. The viewability. Viewability measures whether the viewer actually sees the ad. In order for an ad to be watchable, it must be placed in a highly visible area, such as directly within your content. Another visible location to place your ad is at the bottom of your screen on mobile. So basically in order to earn top dollar for your ads,

06:37
you’re going to have to sacrifice some amount of readability for your blog. And then finally, there’s the fill rate. The fill rate is the percentage of ad impressions that actually deliver a paying ad. And premium ad networks typically have higher fill rates than the lesser ad networks because they have plenty of ad inventory to make sure that you are paid for every page view on your site. Now, some of you guys listening might be thinking to yourself, won’t ads negatively affect the user experience for your visitors? And the answer is yes and no.

07:06
And it really depends on your audience. The best way to tell if ads are driving people away is to look at your stats. And when I looked at the analytics from my site, the ads did not affect my time on site or my bounce rate whatsoever. So basically, I’m getting an extra 6,000 to almost $10,000 a month with my blog for doing nothing, and it’s not affecting the usability of my site. All right, so let’s switch gears and talk about how to generate traffic for your blog.

07:35
Even though this money is 100 % passive for me today, it take me a while to reach this point. So first off, when it comes to actually putting out written content, you definitely don’t need to be an experienced writer. There’s a bunch of niches out there for you to explore, whether it’s travel, fitness, personal finance, or basically anything that you’re passionate about. And if you don’t enjoy writing, you can easily hire writers on the ProBlogger job board at the rate of about five to 10 cents per word. Now,

08:04
the writing is actually not the hard part. The hard part is figuring out exactly what to write about in order to rank in Google search, and this is otherwise known as search engine optimization, or SEO. SEO is the practice of enhancing your website so that it’s more discoverable by the search engines. And when you optimize your site for SEO, you’re making it easier for Google to understand, index, and present your content in relevant searches. Now, if you want to replicate what I’ve done with my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com,

08:33
you have to use a keyword tool. And the two that I recommend right now are Ahrefs or Ubersuggest. And you only need one of these. And the reason why I’m presenting two options here is because Ahrefs is pretty expensive at $99 a month, whereas Ubersuggest is free for up to three searches per day. Now Ahrefs is by far the better tool, but Ubersuggest is better than just flying blind. Now the secret to ranking in search is to optimize your posts

09:02
so that it answers the exact questions that people are searching for on Google. And in order to do that, you have to know what people are searching for in the first place. So for example, I rank number one for the term, is DHgate safe? DHgate is a place where people can find wholesale suppliers for their online store. And if I didn’t use a tool like Ahrefs, I might have haphazardly written about DHgate, how to use it, and maybe other things about the tool. But Ahrefs specifically told me,

09:30
that people were searching for the exact query, is DHgate safe? And as a result, I wrote a blog post where the title was exactly answering the question. Now, Google always wants to return the best answer to any question, and because my entire blog post answers that exact query, I’m able to rank for that term. And as you can see, there’s no way you could possibly know what people are searching for unless you use a keyword tool. And in general, when starting a popular blog,

09:58
it pays to focus on a very narrow topic. Google tends to rank websites that it feels are the foremost experts in a particular niche. So for example, back when I was younger, I was really into building high-end PCs and overclocking them. And I remember this one website that specialized in only reviewing the best heat sinks. A heat sink is what draws the heat away from the CPU. All this website talked about was heat sinks on the entire website. And as a result, that website ranked in the top five

10:28
for practically every heat sink related keyword term. And then once you have a bunch of posts that describe every aspect of a very specific topic, you’re to want to organize that content in such a way that a reader finds your site and then stays on it forever. Remember, the more pages that a visitor views on your site, the more you’re going to get paid. And the amount of time they say on your website matters as well. So here’s what I do. I put together special category pages.

10:56
where someone can find more information about related topics. Now you can just take a look at my blog. You’ll notice that I have it sectioned out into various subsections. And if you read one post, it always leads to another one. So for example, I have subsections on how to get started, how to find products to sell, how to find the best e-commerce platform, how to advertise, how to generate traffic. Basically when someone lands on my site, it’s like a black hole of information and they stay on it for a long time. It’s kind of like what TikTok does. They draw you in with the video.

11:25
and you end up scrolling for hours. This is what you need to do with your blog. Here are some other things that I do on every post to keep people on my site longer. Every post has a breadcrumb at the top that leads viewers to other pieces of content in the same category. Below the content, I have a list of related posts as well. And within almost every blog post, I embed YouTube videos and podcasts to keep people on my site for as long as possible.

11:51
And the collection of all these strategies allows me to make top dollar for every visitor on my site. And from there, the ad network does the rest and I make money on autopilot. Now that you know how I make passive income with advertising, make sure you check out my other episode to learn about my seven other passive income streams. And you can find that link in the show notes below.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

482: Need A Twin? How To Use AI To Clone Yourself With Jodie Cook

How To Use AI To Clone Yourself

Today I’m thrilled to have Jodie Cook back on the show. The last time Jodie was on, she had just sold her social media agency and published a book called The Ten Year Career.

But this past year, she started a new business called Coachvox AI, which is a company that allows you to clone yourself using AI.

In this episode, you’ll learn how the technology works and the best AI tools on the market right now.

What You’ll Learn

  • The AI tools Jodie uses on a regular basis
  • How to make an AI copy of yourself
  • How to train AI to get it to produce the desired output

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I’m thrilled to have Jody Cook back on the show. And this episode’s gonna be pretty cool because most of us would love to have some help with our everyday life. And in today’s podcast, Jody and I discuss ways to literally clone yourself using AI. But before we begin, I wanna give a quick shout out to Katita for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Getita is a tool that basically gives you free money every single month when you sell on Amazon. I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible at managing your inventory and they lose or break your products all the time. In fact, I’m willing to bet that Amazon owes you money right now. But the problem is, is that in order to get your money back, you have to manually track your inventory and manually file for a reimbursement. Well, Getita handles all the paperwork for you and just takes a 25 % cut

00:56
of whatever you get back. So basically you only pay when Katita makes you money, which makes it a no brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Katita is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode. If you are looking to buy or sell your business, Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company.

01:25
I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys over at Quiet Light for over 10 years now, and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifequieterjob.com slash Quiet Light and get a free valuation of your business. Someone from Quiet Light will speak to you for free. And once again, that’s mywifequieterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T. Now onto the show.

01:55
Welcome to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jodi Cook back on the show. Last time we had Jodi on, she had just sold her social media agency and published a book called The 10 Year Career. And the premise of that book was about how we can all retire within 10 years. let’s just say that I don’t think Jodi is gonna retire anytime soon because this woman is always up to something. This past year, she started a new company called CoachVox.ai.

02:21
which is a company that will allow you to clone yourself using AI. And in this episode, we’re talk about the power of AI, what AI tools that Jodi uses, and most importantly, how to make an AI copy of yourself. And with that, welcome back to the show, Jodi. How are you doing? Hello, thank you. I’m great, thank you. Jodi, catch me up. we didn’t talk that long ago. It was maybe five or six months ago or last year? Yes, we spoke. Yeah, five or six months ago.

02:49
and you had just finished your book or you had launched your book and I thought you were going to take it easy for a little bit. So tell me about how you came up with the idea and what happened. Like you were going to take it easy for a little bit but then you just had to start another company. Yeah so the actual length of time in between selling the old, selling the agency and starting this was two years which is quite a long time if you’re, if you just love running companies and so

03:19
Yeah, I spent that two years, I guess, running experiments, experiments in chilling out experiments in like teaching and writing and coaching and other little random things. And I did a bunch of powerlifting competitions and wrote a book and, and then I was like, I just really like owning a business and running a business. And so what I realized was the last business I was running wasn’t the one. And so I wanted to find the new one and the one that

03:45
You know what it’s like when you have one and you’re just like, oh my God, this is so much fun. And you just, you look forward to getting up each day. Like you’re so pumped to work on all of it. And I wanted to find that one to get that like passion for it again. So yeah, it started. No, I was just going to ask you, did you feel that way about your social media agency in the beginning? Yeah, yeah, for sure. In the, in the beginning. But when I started it, I was 22. And when I sold it, I was 32. And if you can imagine what a different person you are.

04:15
Yeah, between those two ages. It’s almost like I felt like I’d outgrown it. felt like it was a business of my former self. And the main question that lead to selling it actually was, if I was going to start a business from scratch today, would it be this one? And the answer was no. So that was partly how I knew it was time to sell that one. Okay. And then how did you come up with the idea for Coach Fox? So it was a summer of ideation where

04:45
my husband and I came up with a set of parameters for the business that we were going to start. And it was that it had to be location independent, it had to have the potential to be 100 million company, it had to be good for the world, it had to have an audience of entrepreneurs, and it had to there was a bunch of other different parameters, there’s about seven. And then we started thinking of ideas that had to fit those rules. And I’m so glad that we did that. Because if I didn’t have parameters, I think by now I would be a miserable gym owner.

05:14
because we would have just started a gym, not thought about it at all, not thought, hang on, is this really what we want? And that’s what we’d be doing right now. So we came up with, it was 30, it was 30 different ideas, because you know what it’s like, you think of an idea, and then you kind of, if you let yourself, you could buy the domain name, you could start it straight away, but we didn’t let ourselves do any of that. It was like, no domain names, nothing at all. Let’s only go ahead with the one when.

05:44
We just can’t stop thinking about it we’re absolutely sure it’s right. And we’ve talked to potential customers and we know that it could be the one. So Coachbox was actually idea 22 of 30. It wasn’t even like we kept going after we’d thought of it. Are you typically a husband wife team? Was your last business like that too or no? We didn’t start it together. He joined maybe three or four years in. Okay. And then you guys are in on this one together, right? Yes. Yeah. I’m like head of people. He’s head of product.

06:14
So we work in the same company, but we do very different roles. Nice. So walk me through this just in case people listening out there don’t really understand, you know, like the power AI. What does it really mean to clone yourself? Like, how does it work? So we were creating AI coaches. So a creator, so like it could be a coach, it could be an entrepreneur, it could be a content creator, someone who’s got content of some sort, whether that’s podcast episodes.

06:43
books, articles, know, anything. They can use that to make an AI version of them that’s formatted very much as a coach. So you might have seen things online where you can kind of Google someone’s content. So you could see what this podcast host has written about this subject and it would all come up. But this is more like an actual conversation with that person. And our creators are

07:12
training the AI version of them as a coach and then they’re seeing how it responds because they’re talking to it and they’re iterating it and they’re continuing to train it. So in theory, if you were to run a course for some reason, or could you train this AI to just literally answer the majority of the questions that your students have? Is that the idea? Pretty much, yeah.

07:42
one of the absolute enemies of all of this is just dusty content. So things that people have got that are hiding away on the computer, books that they’ve written that don’t get read, courses that they have produced that no one takes anymore. And it’s like, this is how you pretty much bring them to life. So one of the things that we found is really effective is when a coach has frameworks, or when they have these, the pillars of the things that they teach that fit into

08:13
like boxes or patterns or various different frameworks and they train their AI version with those and then they teach their AI version to walk their clients through that framework. So it’s very much like a coaching session. So I know when I work with my students, oftentimes what happens is I will ask them a series of questions before I can give an answer. Can you train the AI to

08:41
be like a human, not just be reactive, but proactive? Yeah, we how we created it is we’ve got different training rooms and there are seven of them. And in the first one, we’ve created some we’ve called them style sliders. And this is where someone gets their AI version to match their own style. And this has nothing to do with the content, just the style of them, like their tone, their voice. And there’s one slider that’s coach to mentor. And so if they are more like a coach, they’ll slide it up the coach end.

09:11
And this is how the AI will be asking questions and digging deeper and just digging, just asking a bit more to get to the root cause of something. Whereas if they are more on the mentor side, it’ll mean that it’s far less about, you know, tell me more about that or what do you think? And it’s more like, okay, here’s the answer. And so then they would, it would draw upon their content to then go and advise that person in the right way. so coaches can choose where they are on that scale.

09:39
And then there’s other things like formal to informal or serious to humorous or whether they want it to have quite short responses, so like more of a back and forth or whether it’s longer responses. So you can imagine some kind of creator who they have lots of information that they want to give people. And so they do want it to be big responses because they want it to be very considered and less of a back and forth. And so they can personalize it just absolutely loads with with training room one.

10:09
Interesting. Can you can you describe the training process? Let’s just take me for example, I’ve got maybe 400 lessons in my course, I’ve got 400 podcasts episodes, I got like a couple hundred YouTube videos. How does one train train the AI? So you would sign up login. Firstly, you would attack the style sliders. So you would really think, okay, who am I? How do I

10:36
how do I coach people, how do I mentor people and then match it up on those sliders, you would tell the training rooms about you. So you would give it an overview of you, who you are, your expertise, what lights you up, what makes you happy, what you’re motivated by. So it’s got this real nice kind of bio of you. And then after that, you would start to put in your language. So you will have your Steve-isms of how you say hi, how you say bye.

11:06
what you say before you’re going to ask a question, what you say before you’re going to make a statement. And we want the model to know that stuff because we want that to build familiarity straight away so that as soon as an audience member logs on, starts talking to you, they’re like, Whoa, this is Steve. That’s the idea behind that. then training room three is onboarding questions. So if you were going to coach anyone through to solving their business problems, you’ve probably got five.

11:36
five or more questions that you ask them first before you know if you can help. And so that’s where we do that. So one of our coaches is a relationship counselor. And so he’s got a bunch of different questions in about, you married? you like, how long have you been together? How did you meet? Like all that kind of stuff, because that’s the stuff that he would just ask clients before he started working with them. And then they can decide if that’s absolutely essential to know or if it’s okay that like if they if it can work around it. And then after that,

12:06
you decide how much you do want to dig deeper. So one of our creators is a recipe site and she’s got a bunch of different recipes that are all based on her grandma’s cooking. And if someone said to her AI version, can you give me a chicken recipe? She would give them a chicken recipe. She wouldn’t be like, chicken, you sure you want chicken? You had chicken last night.

12:34
And whereas someone who was like a leadership coach, they might dig deeper. And if someone said, okay, I’m struggling to show up in my role, they might be like, well, why is that like what’s happened before? Or what have we tried before? And they keep digging to trying it to the root cause. And then so that’s a lot of the configuration. And then after that, it’s all about the content. So in in training before we’ve made it so that you can upload stuff, and it will turn it into the format required to train your AI. So

13:02
that bit’s pretty exciting because it takes a lot of the hard work out of it. You don’t have to format it yourself. It figures it all out. And then Training Room 6 is the one that’s probably the most exciting because that’s where you have a live conversation with your AI version. So you’re kind of talking to yourself in a way. And you would ask it questions that your clients and your audience members are going to ask you and you would have a conversation and see what it comes back with. And it’s all going to be based on what you’ve trained it with so far.

13:32
but this is where you get to see what it comes back with, rate it on a scale of one to five. And then if it’s five, great, goes back into training the model, reinforcing what it’s already said. And if it’s not very good or if it’s just not what you would say, then you’d rank it like one to two stars and then edit it. And then that new edited version of what you wanted to say goes back and it just carries on improving and being more like you. And then final training room is just kind of setting up.

14:01
what information you want to collect before someone talks to it. So if you want to someone’s name, email address, and where you want to put it. So about a third of our creators are putting it in a membership site that they’ve already got to field questions and to talk to people about any, like they kind of bring the content to life that’s already in the membership site without spending any more of their time. Another third are using it on their website as like a

14:31
lead generation building their database. And then they teach their AI to send people to various different places to book a call or to buy something else or to buy a course or something. And then we’ve got, we’ve got some who are charging for access. So they are literally just charging for access to an AI version of them because they know how much value their, their AI can bring to people. So they’re making their brain available all the time for

15:00
a small monthly fee. Nice. On the training side, and I’ve had some experience with this. It seems like formatting everything in question and answer on a spreadsheet is how a lot of people are doing this. Does your tool just literally take videos, videos, podcasts and everything? Can you just throw it at throw all that stuff at you? for now, we still want text based information.

15:30
But yeah, in the future, we want someone to be able to throw absolutely anything at it and for it to turn into something. The problem that sometimes people face or the creators face with some of the information they upload is that like books have a lot of fluff and podcasts have a lot of fluff. So it’s getting it down to the absolute, what did they mean here?

15:55
And what’s the lesson and what’s the framework and what’s something that is replicable to then go and coach other people with? That’s the challenging side, but that all happens behind the scenes. So our creators don’t have to think about it. Yeah, I guess you could have the AI transform a podcast into, you know, question answer or whatever, or have it highlight the key points, right? There are length limits though. How do you get around the length limits for

16:22
Like if you feed in like a three hour podcast episode transcript, for example, it’s a ton of words. Can you feed in any length of text into your tool or? Yeah, we have ways. We’re working a lot on making it as user-friendly as possible. If we hit limits in the Coachbox AI side and the kind of backend side, then we figure out how to make it work so that it works for our creators.

16:50
Would you say the greatest hurdle in this is actually feeding the information into the tool or is it the training part or is it all kind of, that’s a lot of work. Like I’m just thinking to myself right now, like I’m transcribing the podcast, transcribing the videos and then organizing all this information. Is that the bulk of the work you think in getting set up? Yeah, I mean what I love about it is it’s very similar to writing a book. And I know that you’re familiar with this process of having just, just published yours and just hit the bestseller list.

17:20
It’s very front-end loaded. There’s a lot to do at the start. And then once that’s done, you’re doing the fun iteration stuff, but you’ve done the hard graft. So I feel like anything worthwhile has got that initial mountain at the start. then after that, as the technology builds, as our platform grows, it’s only going to get better. And everyone who’s been on board from now is going to just be able to benefit from that while they can put their feet up because they’ve already done the…

17:49
Yeah, just in your experience, how long has it taken for people to just kind of upload their stuff and train the AI? So we’ve been taking people through a six week program, week by week, showing them exactly how to do stuff. And they’re all, they’re all ready. Within that time, you could do it a lot faster, you could do a lot slower if you wanted to. And a lot of it depends on how much content someone has. But you don’t, someone doesn’t need

18:18
all their content, you don’t need to take everything that you’ve ever said and put it all in. We want someone to take the most relevant stuff and the stuff that you know, like they’re, they’re hard hitting frameworks, the information that they when they talk to people about, they’re like, Oh, my god, this is game changing. We want them to be we want them to almost do the editing beforehand before they put stuff in and just figure out what is actually relevant. Does the AI

18:46
grab knowledge outside of what you feed it. We have that as a setting. go back to the example of the lady who’s got the recipe site. She can decide whether someone asks a question about like a frog. I don’t know where frog popped into my head. So if someone asks for some certain beef recipe and she hasn’t got a certain beef recipe, she can decide whether she wants to say, no, I haven’t.

19:15
got that, but I can give you this one instead, but obviously in her very personable tone. Or she can decide whether she wants us to call upon the wider internet to provide a beef recipe. That’s everyone’s choice. And some of the people that we’ve got, they are using their AI as an internal tool for their team. So they’re, they’re the entrepreneur, they’ve got the knowledge, they know how their business works, and they know what decisions need to be made. So they give it to their team to make those decisions. But if there’s like a

19:44
fire in the building and their AI gets asked, okay, there’s the buildings on fire, what should we do? You don’t want them to make that up. You want it to come from the company handbook that they already uploaded. they can choose pretty much. Okay.

20:01
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

20:30
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

20:58
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:17
I guess just some other concerns that people listening might have also is you’re feeding the AI all this information. And recently there was an article where Samsung used OpenAI to write some source code and they accidentally passed on some of their proprietary code over to OpenAI. Are there any protections in place in regards to the IP that you’re feeding it? Yeah, this is a massive topic. And especially because Apple banned their employees from using ChatGPT, I think it was the weak.

21:46
that ChatGPT got released on iPhone. And I think that’s quite funny because you can almost imagine like a junior Apple in the PR department types into ChatGPT, hey, write me a press release to tell you what’s gonna be announced at our next annual conference and put it in this style. It’s crazy. I think that there’s probably quite a low awareness of how much is just

22:15
like public. But yeah, we think about this a lot. And we’re we are thinking about this a lot because we want to be very much on the side of creators because without something like this, creators don’t really have control over their own work. So I don’t know if you’ve tried this, but if anyone out there has ever written an article, get the article’s title, go to chat GPT, type into chat GPT, write me an article with this exact title.

22:42
and then put the subheadings in as well and say, I want to have these subheadings, see what it comes out with and chances are some of the words it says will be your words. Yes. And it’s so horrible to see that because then you’re like, oh man, like someone else took me ages to write that a long time ago. Someone else could just write that now. So I don’t like the idea that creators don’t automatically have control over their own work and don’t automatically see the benefits. So a big part of the

23:12
I guess ethos behind Coachworks AI is that we think creators who’ve created, who’ve slaved away over their computers for years and years, we want them to have the proceeds, whether that is that they are charging for their AI version or whether it’s that they’re collecting the email addresses of the people who sign up. So yeah, we think about this a lot and we are very carefully on the side of creators. I think it’s nothing on your part, right?

23:40
Presumably you’re built on top of open AI or some framework, right? It’s not you that I’m concerned about. It’s passing it to open AI in the larger database. And that’s something you can’t prevent, right? There’s ways of ring-fencing stuff in such a way that there’s separate databases going on at any different time. Some stuff goes through open AI, some stuff doesn’t go through open AI. And I think like, well,

24:08
We’ll know more about this as we do more with it. Yeah, there’s kind of clever ways of creating your own databases and creating the things that you draw on without necessarily sharing stuff back. Since we’re on this subject, I just want to know your opinion. Right now, there’s all these content sites that are putting out great articles that are very helpful. And we’re getting traffic. Like I have a blog about e-commerce and people. I get a lot of traffic from Google.

24:38
But if people are just getting the answer, does what is your what are your views on just kind of like the end of search or content sites? Like are all we are all of us going to go out of business is our business model dead? What do you think? How do think it’s going to play out? I just don’t know. It’s fascinating because the ownership of content is a really interesting side of it. Because if yeah, if you if you type into

25:08
to ITPT or Google or anything, and you want an answer, and that answer has pretty much just come as an amalgamation of all the sites that were previously ranking, and now it’s just pulling off the top sentence and giving you that as the answer, then is that okay? It’s probably not okay, but then regulation feels like it’s so far off that it’s not about regulation. It’s about how entrepreneurs and writers and content creators adapt to mean that they don’t get left behind in that.

25:37
I honestly don’t know what the future is, I think I almost feel like that’s why it’s like, don’t think about, don’t think about using AI in terms of the content you can create. Think about using AI in terms of the tools you can build or how you can use it to ultimately deliver the same outcome to your customers, but in a different way. So one of our mutual friends actually is a personal style coach, guide.

26:07
And I love the idea that what he helps do is he helps men dress better, look better, feel better. But if you go back to like the platonic ideal of how he delivers that, it doesn’t have to be via a YouTube channel. It doesn’t have to be via content. It could be something else. It could be some kind of AI version of him that’s on everyone’s wardrobe so that you’re the person, he’s the person that everyone’s talking to when they’re actually getting dressed in the morning.

26:36
I think it brings loads of opportunities to just completely rethink how you do stuff, especially if all our websites are about to get taken out under our feet. Yeah, I was just thinking to myself, like, if I’m not getting traffic anymore from the content, I’m just not going to be putting out any more content publicly. And then that means like the AI will be starved of content. And I know you’re on the cutting edge of this stuff right now, you know, with the tools. Just curious.

27:04
where you see all that stuff going. Cause I know there’s a bunch of content creators that are up in arms and the flip side, there’s business owners like me and you, we’re great, right? Cause we see this as an opportunity to leverage this technology, to get more customers and to be more helpful. But at some point there’s this divide because content creators who are upset, they might be like, Hey, I just don’t want to have anything to do with this because, and I don’t want them crawling my content. And AI relies on the content.

27:33
Where do you see this going? I’m curious. mean, I see private membership groups as being a way bigger thing. And especially if there are, like, hopefully someone’s building some kind of private membership site where anything that you put on it isn’t crawled by various different AI tools. And that means that people who already have an audience and can get members of their private membership site are probably pretty well positioned to do that. And maybe that does replace the income of the website that is now being crawled. So

28:03
Yeah, I mean, one example. So you see a future of like siloed content, because I know, like Reddit no longer allows any crawling. And I think Stack Overflow doesn’t either. There’s a lot of sites that are closing themselves off. Is that is that what you foresee? Like your content siloed off and you sell access to it is what you foresee kind of? Possibly. mean, lot of our creators, especially the ones who are charging for access to their

28:32
AI, that’s pretty much what they’re doing. They’re saying, this is my content. This is my expertise. This is what I’ve written. I’m now putting it into an AI version of me that people have to pay to access. So it’s already happening in various different guises. And maybe what will happen more is that everything’s in membership sites of sorts that are protected, separate, ring fenced, and that’s just what people want. But maybe that I don’t know what the default will be.

29:00
I don’t know if the default will be that you publish a blog on the internet and you just assume it’s going to be crawled by AI sites. Or if the default will be that you have to like opt in because maybe that’s the problem at the moment. We haven’t opted into anything. We have to opt out somehow. That’s true. That’s true. I’m also curious of the customers of Coach Vox. Are they primarily coaches and trainers? what is like, who is this for? Who are your main clientele?

29:30
We have a meditation coach, we have a marketing podcast host, we have a productivity coach. They’re very much coaches, speakers, trainers, a lot of them are authors, people who have written books, made content, but don’t necessarily coach, don’t necessarily kind of have their…

29:56
have their client base, but somehow they’re using their knowledge to reach people for sure. So I would call them creators as a broad kind of headline. Interesting. So what I’m working on right now is like we get these questions for our online store about our products. And this is a easier problem to solve than what you’re trying to solve. But basically you feed in the items and then you feed in all your store policies, return policies and whatnot. And then the AI just basically answers all your customer service emails.

30:26
Yeah, has access to your database. Yeah. So like, I think stuff like that, like a kind of a chatbot kind of thing is super, is super useful for that kind of question. And the, yeah, the main, the main difference is it’s a create, we’re creating, we’re creating coaches and mentors, but yeah, for customer service, like you don’t, you don’t need a customer service person to hold your hand and

30:50
have empathy and really like want to look after you and want to help you through a challenge. You just need to know if you ship to Germany. So yeah, exactly. Yeah, your your problem is much harder to solve because you’re trying to replicate the personality of the person as well. Yes. Yeah. And that’s a really interesting side of it as well around the like, we’re thinking a lot about the human psychology of it. So if you speak to an AI coach who is based on a real person,

31:18
do you release the same hormones as you would if you were speaking with a real person? And so for now, maybe not, but there’s probably stuff that will change in the future as they get more sentient. And I almost feel like we’re just on the edge of what is normal, like how we’re letting robots into our lives and what right now is like, what? I would never do that. But in the future, it’s like, this is normal. So in the future, people are gonna have

31:48
boards of, they’re to have boards of AI coaches, you’re to have one for your marketing, you’re have one for your sales, you’re to have one for your relationship, one for your health, one for your fitness, everything else. And it’ll be, it’ll be just normal because you can access all of them at any given time. And it’ll be magic and you won’t care that they’re not real because they’re helping you and they’re cheaper and they’re available at all times. And so we want to be the people who build them and we want them to be based on real people, not just

32:17
generic kind of sources of knowledge from the random internet. I am curious and I’m not sure if you’re at liberty to share this stuff, but I’m just curious what the business models and the use cases of some of your clients are and how they are monetizing it. You mentioned earlier, one of your clients was selling access to their bot. Do you know how much they’re charging? Like this is all kind of new. So yeah, they’re charging $10 a month and they’ve got quite a few clients on it. So yeah, could be extra income stream.

32:46
If not, it’s if they’re not charging for it, it’s to collect email addresses and it’s to build familiarity with more people because they’ve all got because all the creators have got such good stuff that they do want to share out. So they kind of see it like the twenty twenty three version of writing a book or writing articles or doing a podcast. It’s like this is content that talks back. And then the other ones are.

33:12
Just curious for the $10 a month, do you guys handle the subscription part or does someone else have to build around it and just wall it off? Yeah, okay. So for now he is it’s in his own subscription. okay, our clients putting on their own subscription, and maybe something that we we take care of in the future. But for now, we don’t. And then yes, the third use case is the is the membership site is the I’m spending 10 hours a week in my Facebook group answering questions.

33:40
Can you, like, can my AI answer them instead?

33:46
Yeah, actually, are there connections to social media where you can have CoachFox.ai automatically respond? Yes. So at the moment, there are ways of embedding it in various different places. And then after that, it’s using API keys to put them in various different places. So yeah, like Slack, social media, et cetera. Right. Yeah, right. Through some glue logic, right?

34:16
It can access the coach. Okay, that’s kind of cool. So you’re saying that if I were to implement this, I could just invite people to a slack group. And then the slack is actually just like the front end for the AI. Yeah, 100%. What we’re not doing is we’re not getting anyone’s AI to pretend to be a human. When like it’s very transparent, you will know that you are speaking to an AI at all times. We’re not we’re not going down the route of saying, Oh, this is actually this is actually me. It’s all like this is an AI version of that person.

34:46
But yeah, in a stack group for sure. I’m just curious, has AI ever gone off the deep end? Because you’ve seen the articles where ChatGPT started getting like manic and depressive. Are those like switches that you can turn off? Are there safeguards against that? There are switches that we can turn off, there are safeguards against it. We’ve got people who have been representing CoachBox who we’ve got to talk to our AI coaches.

35:14
and try and get them to say something terrible. Try really hard, ask them, we actually, what did we call it? Questions to get me canceled. And it was like, let’s ask them ridiculously bad questions and see what happens. And they deal with them very well. They’re very pragmatic, they’re very reasonable. They’ve got boundaries. We encourage our creators to teach their AI boundaries. So if someone says to,

35:42
I made Jodi AI, that was our first prototype. turned my content into an AI version of me. And even if you ask it what its favorite ice cream flavor is, it’s like, let’s just get back to business. I don’t want to talk about ice cream. So you can, there’s ways of doing it. There’s ways of training it so that you don’t have to talk about what your favorite film is, what you’re wearing, what you’re, if you believe in God, et cetera, et cetera. Like there’s, yeah, they’ve got boundaries. Is there any danger of the AI?

36:10
pulling from someone else’s content by accident and being accused of plagiarism? Not in our systems. Not in your system, right? Because it’s just trained on your content, right? Yes. Okay. Do you guys have any examples just lying around? Like I know people in the audience want to see Jodi.ai. Is that public or? Yeah, course. Yeah, coachbox.ai. can sign up. You can get coached by Jodi.ai. You can chat to her about any business challenges that you’ve got. And yeah.

36:39
see what happens. We’re starting a challenge right now at the moment where because Jodi AI has got like 1000 clients. I’m not a coach and I’ve got 1000 coaching clients. It’s like it’s cool how much you can share your knowledge and help other people with their problems when you’re just not even there. But we’re starting a bit of a challenge at the moment with some more people around. They’re checking in, they’re having regular sessions with their AI coach, they’re checking in, they’re recording their metrics, they’re seeing how they get on with everything.

37:09
And I’m quite excited about the potential of AI coaching just in general. Walk me through Jodi AI. So you’re not charging for this, right? This is like a proof of concept or not charging for it. on the website. Okay. And then people just ask Jodi just business questions. Yeah. You said you have like a thousand people interacting with, with you or your AI version.

37:33
So you just go and go and say, hey, introduce yourself, talk about the kind of challenges that you’re going through. Bring up problems, you’ll get talked through my framework. yeah, it’s got I mean, it’s got areas that it’s trained in more than others, because ultimately, it’s a business coach, it talks about entrepreneurship, it talks about productivity, it talks about, like, how to get a lot of stuff done, and how to do like a sport and a business and stuff like that. So if you’re asking it about

38:01
you know, marriage counseling, meditation, the other things that some of our other coaches are trained in, then it wouldn’t be, it would just be like, this isn’t my area. But yeah, for sure. You’d be very welcome to. Nice. Does Jodi8.ai say something like suck it up and just go lift weights? Yes, probably, probably does. Can get a little bit satiated at times. Yeah. But yeah, it’s a very nice, it’s a very nice AI. Well, let’s set some expectations, right?

38:30
So let’s say someone were to sign up for Coach Vox. You say there’s a six week program. Does that imply that after six weeks you’ll have like this proof of concept down and working essentially? Yeah, so the six week program was something we started initially and that was to take a whole bunch of creators through and then we are opening up in about two weeks for a hundred more creators and then we’ll do a hundred at a time. But that will be the do it yourself kind of version.

38:58
A creator can log in, have access to all the training rooms at the same time. I mean, if you really, really worked on this, you could get this out in a, you could get your AI live in a couple of days. But we walk through people, we walk through every training room and a lot of detail with everyone, but we have all of the guidance from that program also available if you did need the extra help. I mean, walk me through like the minimum time commitment required to train an AI that that’s, realistically usable.

39:28
So the first three training rooms could take you a few hours. And then after that, it depends what content you’ve got available, where it is, where it is on your computer or like with your VA or wherever. And then after that, it’s a case of uploading it and going through what it comes out with and kind of, I’d say like, I don’t want to call it cleaning the data because that sounds a bit too technical, but working out if what it’s coming out with is actually like.

39:56
the stuff that you want to coach your clients through. But once you’ve done all that, which could be, I don’t know, another couple of hours, then the main part that we want our creators to hang out in is training room six, which is the fine tuning. And that’s where you are having the conversation back and forth with your AI. And that’s where you’re deciding if what it’s coming back with is akin to what you would have said and what you want it to talk to your clients about. And then you iterate from there. So if someone could upload all their stuff,

40:25
and then hang out loads in training room six, amazing, that would be really good. And they’ll know at that point, what level it’s at, they get a little score to say how client ready is your coach box AI so that we kind of recommend as well. And then they go from there. So the bulk of the work is not in uploading the content. And do you get better results just throwing all the transcripts at it or being more strategic?

40:53
with training the AI question answer style? Yeah, we’ve got a fair bit of guidance on this and you get better results being more strategic because you don’t want to just feed it with the fluff that happens. want it to… If you have got question and answer style stuff, then amazing because that’s exactly right. One of our creators has been writing books for the last 10 years and each paragraph has a headline.

41:22
So it’s almost like she’s been writing for 10 years with a view to training an AI model. It’s absolutely magical. So you might find that some of your content is more akin to that. So FAQs, for example, or if you have got questions that you’ve answered in membership group before, some of it will be question answer style. But if it’s not, it doesn’t mean we can’t do it. It just means that you might need to get rid of a lot of the fluff first. Got it.

41:49
Got it. And that stuff is probably what takes the most amount of time, right? Yeah. Even more so than the training and the fine-tuning. That sounds like the fun part, actually. The training and the fine-tuning. much fun. Yeah, it’s so much fun. And I think we start to realize that all of our creators, they start to think in terms of training their AI. So some of them have said to us, OK, now I’ve got an email and I’m just seeing this is information that I can use to train the model. And then they’re getting really excited because

42:16
they answer that email, but now they know that they never have to answer that question ever again, because people are going to talk to their AI and they’re going to get that same thing over and over again. So yeah, it’s exciting. I think the training the models absolutely fascinating to have a conversation with the version of yourself that exists, that’s going to go help other people while you’re not even there. It’s like, what, what world is this? Yeah, this sounds really exciting, Jodi. So if anyone listening wants to try this out and maybe

42:46
talk to the cloned version of yourself, where can they go? Everything is at coachbox.ai. So it’s C-O-A-C-H-B-O-X dot AI. And then you sign up and then you’re greeted with with Jodie.ai. You are. And then you can just ask Jodie anything. Ask anything. Ask anything. Talk about challenges. That’s that’s a really big thing. So kind of on the subject of

43:12
is AI coaching a thing that’s going to be really big in the future and you’ve got pros and cons. But some of the pros are like, it’s available all the time. It doesn’t cost anything to talk to that version of it. You can say really stupid stuff. Like you can say stuff that you wouldn’t want to waste someone’s time with if you were paying for a real coaching session. You can just go crazy. You can find out anything. That’s amazing. I can’t wait to go try it. Yeah. Well, hey, Jodi, thank you so much for just introducing everyone to this concept.

43:42
I really see this taking off. Anyone who’s in the coaching space, I was thinking like at a base level e-commerce, like if someone wants product recommendations, that can probably be something easily done by an AI, right? Based on the product description and maybe what you feed it as what your best sellers are, for example, or your highest margin products. You can just have your AI automatically lead people over there. So I love it. Thank you so much for coming on the show, Jodi. Thank you so much for having me.

44:11
Hope you enjoyed that episode and I’m actually working on SteveBot as we speak. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 42. And once again, I want to thank Katita for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Katita over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A.

44:38
I also want to thank Quiet Light Brokerage for sponsoring this episode. Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business. And I’ve them for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them, and I trust them 100%. So if you want a free valuation for your business, or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequietlight.com. That’s mywifequietlight.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:06
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

481: Better Than Alibaba! Learn How Pro Sellers Find Their Suppliers – Family First Friday

481: Learn How Pro Sellers Really Find Suppliers - Family First Friday

In this episode, I share insights on how to find great suppliers who deliver high-quality products on schedule, every single time.

Alibaba is not the only game in town and there are more efficient ways to find suppliers for your e-commerce business.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How To Find Suppliers For Name Brand Products
  • How To Attend A Tradeshow Like The Canton Fair
  • How To Hire A Sourcing Agent

Transcript

00:00
Whether you run your own online store, sell on Amazon, eBay, even Etsy, you understand the crucial role suppliers play in the success of your business. in this episode, I’m going to teach you the techniques that the pros use to find world-class wholesale suppliers for their e-commerce businesses. What’s up, everyone? You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays.

00:29
where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. If you haven’t picked up my book yet, The Family First Entrepreneur, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Also, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce business, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course below. Now today I’m going to share with you insights on finding suppliers who deliver high quality products on schedule every single time.

00:58
Now this first method of finding a great supplier is one that I use when I want to sell name brand products. In fact, I’m often asked how to buy popular products like Lego, Sony or Apple at wholesale prices. Now finding a supplier who sells brand name products like Lego typically involves a process of researching, contacting and negotiating with distributors or wholesalers that are authorized by the manufacturer. And here’s a straightforward way to go about it. First off, most large brands like Lego

01:27
do not sell directly to consumers or retail stores. You can’t just call up Lego and be like, hey man, I want to order a bunch of your Millennium Falcons. Instead, they use distributors. A distributor is a middleman between the brand and the retailer or the consumer. And the primary function of a distributor is to get the products from manufacturers and distribute them to various points in the distribution chain, such as wholesalers, retailers, or directly to the consumers. Now distributors.

01:56
often buy products from the manufacturers in large quantities and then sell them in smaller batches to their customers. They also provide additional services like technical support or warranties. Now for large companies like LEGO, distributors have exclusive agreements and are the only entities through which you can purchase their products for resale. So how do find a distributor? You should start by visiting the manufacturer’s website. And in this case, we’re going to talk about LEGO or you can just Google LEGO

02:26
authorized distributor. Now if you were to Google this right now, the first entry that would pop up would be this company called Toy House LLC, which is an authorized distributor of Lego. And keep in mind that most large brands like Lego, Apple, and Sony will require you to have some sort of brick and mortar component to your business. Now the remainder of this episode will assume that you want to source your own private label products or products under your own brand. So let’s start with the basics. The first way to find a supplier

02:55
is to simply use Google. And believe it or not, the very first supplier that we found for our e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linens was found by Googling a handkerchief manufacturer. We just happened to find a factory in China selling handkerchiefs and purchased a small batch of 200, which was at the time the minimum order quantity. Now we were just trying to buy hankies for our wedding at the time because my wife wanted everyone to carry a handkerchief for our photos. But we ended up using the exact same supplier when we launched our shop back in 2007.

03:25
Now in general, don’t necessarily recommend finding a supplier by Googling, unless you plan on selling food products, supplements, or custom clothing. Basically, the Google method works really well if you want to have stuff made in the USA. After all, there are just some products that I would probably never source from China. For example, I would avoid sourcing vitamins from China because you never know what’s in the product. It’s just too risky. So let’s say you want to sell your own private label supplements. Just Google

03:54
private label supplement manufacturer. And lo and behold, if you were to do this, you would find tons of options in the United States. So if you want to sell food products in the US, do a search for the word private label food co-packer. Now I know most of you guys listening to this probably aren’t going to be selling supplements or food. So the remaining options for finding a great supplier in this episode will be ranked from low to high, depending on what your budget is for travel and your timeframe for finding a supplier.

04:23
Make sure you listen to the end to find the best way and my most recommended way to find suppliers today. Now, if you have a super low budget and you’d rather not travel to find a supplier, then I’d probably start with a China Wholesale Directory like Alibaba or Global Sources. Both of these websites are essentially directories of Chinese factories. Alibaba, for example, actually sends inspectors into the factories in the directories and provides an assessment so you can get a ton of information about the factory before you use them.

04:53
In fact, recently I found a handkerchief factory on Alibaba with a very simple search. And because this factory was an assessed supplier, I was able to access videos of the factory floor, their inspection reports, as well as production line reports. Now this particular factory I’m looking at right now has 5,500 square feet of factory space and has exported for over 16 years. And in general, I would only work with factories that have exported to your country for at least five years or more. Using Alibaba or global sources,

05:23
you can contact the supplier directly through the platform and ask for samples, price quotes, and minimum order quantities. Now I’ve used Alibaba many times for our online store, and I just have some quick tips for you. You always want to come across as bigger than you really are. And in your communications, you must project confidence. Never ever say that you’re a newbie or that you don’t know what you are doing. After all, the supplier is a human. If you were to put yourself in the shoes of your supplier, would you want to work with someone new?

05:52
or someone who knows what they’re doing. Anyway, even though Alibaba is extremely convenient for finding suppliers, I still recommend visiting the factory at some point on your journey. One time we found a supplier in Alibaba that gave us great prices on our first shipment, and that first shipment was fantastic. It was packaged well, the quality of the fabric was excellent, and we were extremely satisfied. But over time, the quality started to degrade, and they became slightly less responsive as well.

06:20
So we decided to fly over to China and visit the factory, talk to them face to face. We shared a meal together, had a couple of drinks, and ever since that face to face meeting, the quality has never been poor ever again. Now I tell you the story to illustrate that relationships are extremely important when working with Chinese factories. And if you can, you should try to visit your supplier directly because I can almost guarantee you that once you do, you’ll get better quality product and much better service.

06:48
Now this next way to find a supplier is one of my favorite ways and comes highly recommended. Attend a trade show like the Canton Fair. Now if you’ve never heard of the Canton Fair before, it is the largest wholesale supplier trade show in the world where thousands of vendors and buyers attend. Here are just some stats so you can get an idea of how big it is. Last year, there were over 25,000 exhibitors. There were over 190,000 buyers and over 60,000 booths.

07:16
and the exhibition space is over 1.2 million square meters or about half a square mile in area. Now to give you an idea of the size and magnitude of the fair, a football field is roughly 6,400 square yards, which means that the Canton Fair is the equivalent of almost 218 football fields. Crazy, right? And the fair is so large that it’s split into three phases. Phase one is electronics, household electrical appliances, machinery, lighting equipment, hardware and tools,

07:45
vehicles and spare parts, building materials and chemical products. Phase two, it’s consumer products, decorations, goods and gifts. And phase three is textiles and garments, shoes, office supplies, cases and bags, recreation products, medicines, medical devices and health products. Now, attending the Canton Fair is free. However, you do have to get a visa to visit China and you have to pay for airfare and hotel. All told, your expenses will probably not exceed $5,000.

08:15
Now going to the fair gives you the best of both worlds. And remember my story about the poor quality product. What I didn’t tell you is that with Alibaba, you have to wait to have samples made and shipped to you, which can take several weeks. Now, if you can imagine going back and forth regarding the design of your product and the packaging and having to wait 10 days between each iteration, it can take a long time. However, when you attend the Canton Fair, you can easily engage with hundreds of Chinese vendors in the span of just a couple of days. And the best part

08:45
is that all the vendors will have sample products in their booths that you can touch and feel for quality. Not only that, but you can often take a quick train ride to visit their factory too if you want. And over the years, we found countless suppliers from going to the fair itself. And in my opinion, it is one of the most time efficient ways to find a reputable supplier. After all, every supplier at the fair has to pay a large sum of money to even have a booth. So as a result, you know right away that every factor you meet at the fair

09:13
is an established player in the space. Now, I know a lot of you guys are probably scared of going to China, so I put together a full video that you can check out on my YouTube channel, including my itinerary. In addition, there are tour groups that take people to the fair every year with full accommodations. Now, this final method is one that I use primarily today, which is to hire a sourcing agent. A sourcing agent is a specialist that connects you with factories to produce your products, and they can also help you with packaging, shipping, quality control, and price negotiation.

09:44
Now there’s different sourcing agents that specialize in different countries. For example, we’ve used Jing Sourcing for China with excellent results. We also have sourcing agent contacts who specialize in Vietnam and Mexico. Now what’s incredible about using a sourcing agent is that you simply tell them exactly what you’re looking for and they’ll find a factory for you. And typically the sourcing agent lives in the same country as the factory and can visit the factory, negotiate in the supplier’s native language, inspect samples, pretty much everything.

10:13
Basically, a good sourcing agent acts as your trusted advisor on the ground and they’ll you locate manufacturers that you cannot find on directories like Alibaba or Global Sources. They also have a strong network of trusted factories, freight forwarders, and inspection companies for your review. And especially in China, where relationships are extremely important, a sourcing agent has contacts already and can often get you meetings with higher quality and more exclusive factories. Now you’re probably wondering how much a sourcing agent costs

10:43
and they are definitely not free. Some agents charge based on a percentage of product source, some agents charge based by the hour, and some agents just charge a flat fee per product. Really just depends. For example, sourcing charges about three to 10 % of your final order value, and the percentage charge decreases as your order size increases. Some sourcing agents will not reveal to you the factories, so you must rely on them for all of your sourcing needs for that product. Jing, for example,

11:13
doesn’t tell you the name of the factory ever. But other sourcing agents like Zignify charge you a flat rate of 70 to $80 per hour to find and negotiate with the supplier. However, they will tell you the name of the supplier and you don’t have to use them for future orders. Really just depends on what you’re looking for. Now the advantage of paying by the hour is that you only pay once to find your factory. In addition, the chances of kickbacks and backdoor deals with the supplier and the agent happen much less.

11:41
Now advantage of paying a portion of your sourcing revenue is that you don’t have to pay any money upfront. If the agent doesn’t find you a supplier, then you pay nothing. It’s basically a game of risk reward and it’s up to you. Some countries like Mexico or Vietnam are extremely hard to find suppliers unless you have an agent. So if you enjoyed this episode, make sure you check out my YouTube channel and my other Family First podcast episodes to learn more about how to find profitable products to sell online.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

480: From Zero to $10 Million: How Ryan Pineda Runs 8 Businesses Working 30 Hours Per Week

480: From Zero to $10 Million: How Ryan Pineda Runs 8 Businesses Working 30 Hours Per Week

Today I’m thrilled to have Ryan Pineda on the show. Back in 2015 with only $10,000 in the bank, Ryan started his entrepreneurship journey by flipping houses.

And after seeing success in real estate, he started 5 more businesses generating over $10 million in revenue, working less than 30 hours per week.

In this episode, we’re going to break down all of his income streams and how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Ryan made millions flipping houses
  • How Ryan grew his following on YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok to over a million followers
  • How Ryan manages 6 separate businesses working only 30 hours per week

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have Ryan Pineda on the show. And if you’re on YouTube, Instagram, or TikTok, you probably already know who Ryan is because he has a huge social media following. Back in 2015, with only $10,000 in the bank, he started his entrepreneurship journey by flipping houses. And since then he started six businesses generating over $10 million in revenue.

00:29
working less than 30 hours per week. And in this episode, we’re going to break down how he did it. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Getita for sponsoring this episode. Getita is a tool that basically gives you free money every single month when you sell on Amazon. And I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon FBA for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible at managing your inventory and they lose or break your products all the time. In fact, I’m to bet that Amazon owes you a ton of money right now. The problem though, is that in order to get your money back,

00:59
you have to manually track your inventory and manually file for reimbursement. Katita handles all the paperwork for you and takes just 25 % of whatever you get back. So basically you only pay when Katita makes you money, which makes it a no brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Katita is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode.

01:27
If you’re looking to buy or sell your business, Quietlight Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company. I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys over at Quietlight for over 10 years now and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash quietlight and get a free valuation of your business. Someone from Quietlight will speak to you for free. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T.

01:56
Now onto the show.

02:03
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Ryan Pineda on the show. Now, Ryan started his journey in the real estate industry back in 2010, only to discover that it wasn’t what he wanted to do. So in 2015, he took 10K from his bank account and started flipping houses and made millions of dollars. But that was just the beginning. Since then, he started six separate businesses that generate tens of millions of dollars in revenue. And he works less than 30 hours a week running them.

02:33
He’s also amassed over a million followers on social media where he teaches others how to achieve financial freedom. So in this episode, we’re going to break down what some of these businesses are and how he’s able to manage all of them in such a short period of time. And with that, welcome to show, Ryan. How are you doing today, man? What’s up, Steve? Happy to be here, man. Yeah. So I was looking on your website and I think you got more than six things. In fact, it kind of makes me a little dizzy.

02:58
You got a real estate investing course. I think you got an NFT project. Yeah, your own coin called tycoin. think business building class and agency and accounting agency. You even do a little bit of e commerce wholesale and investment group and a media company and 30 hours a week. How big is your team? Like how are you able to do all this stuff? Yeah, I think across all the companies we’re close to you know, 80 to 100 employees. Ah, okay. Yeah. Okay. So we got a lot of people.

03:27
I was just gonna say I have problems keeping up with two seven figure businesses, let alone the eight that you have. Are you particularly passionate about one over the other? Or do you just kind of like, how does one end up with eight? Especially when I’m asking? Yeah, to back up a little bit, I mean, I never considered myself to be an entrepreneur. You know, in my former life, I was a baseball player. You know, I got drafted by the Oakland A’s back in 2010. So

03:56
Oh, I was mainly just focused on being a great baseball player. And I kind of fell into entrepreneurship out of necessity because I had to work during the off seasons, you know, I was in the minor leagues, making 1200 bucks a month, like it was no money. So nobody was gonna give me a job either because I was leaving six months every year and I had to practice and all this stuff. So I had to become an entrepreneur. So, you know, long story short, I get my real estate license in 2010. Absolutely hate it.

04:26
because I just didn’t like working with clients. The commission sucked at that time, prices were low. It was just tough. So eventually gave that up. I started doing other side hustle stuff. Like I was a substitute teacher. I had my real first business success flipping couches actually. know, just like sofas you mean? Yeah, just just buying and selling couches. was like, okay, it was a thing that I just stumbled upon that, you know, at the peak, I was making about eight grand a month net doing that. And I was like, dude, this is a great business.

04:56
So, you know, after doing that for a little bit, I realized like, okay, I’m not gonna flip furniture the rest of my life. Let me find something new. And so I came back to real estate after quitting. And I was like, you know what, instead of being the agent, what if I was the buyer? Like I’ve always been good at finding deals. And so, you know, I started flipping houses, you know, and there’s a lot that goes into that. had to max out my credit cards and all this other stuff. I had to take hard money loans and just really go all in to,

05:25
buy my first deal. And thankfully, it worked out, even with all that risk. And, you know, I made 25 grand and, you know, from there, I just kept buying more and more houses. And that was how I first became successful tie became a millionaire. And it’s what led to all the other stuff because, you know, truthfully, I didn’t really want to do I’m like, you know what, I can flip out the rest of my life like this pretty easy. And, you know, it makes great money. It’s it’s it’s an industry that’s always going to be around. I’m like,

05:54
I could do this. And I enjoyed it. I enjoyed deal making and other stuff. But, you know, during that time, now I started to get more questions of like people wanting to work with me, you know, success attracts success. And so, you know, we started a brokerage for agents, even though I didn’t like being an agent, because I’m like, look, if we’re going to fill up all these houses, we might as well like be the brand behind it. And like, all these people are going to want to join. So we ended up starting a brokerage called forever home realty that

06:23
we scaled to 200 agents before I got rid of it. Then a lot of people were asking me about, hey, how do you flip? Can you train me? And I’m like, dude, I do not want to do education, but let me write this book. So I wrote my first book called Flip Your Future back in 2018. And I created my first course and education company and threw an event and it was like, all right, this is like, it’s fun. But like my bread and butter’s actually flipping the homes.

06:53
So, you do that. And then eventually, you know, I’m still having success and people are like, who’s your CPA? Who’s your accountant? And I’m like, all right, let me, let me go to my guy and see if he wants to start a business. So we start an accounting firm called TrueBooks. And, know, so like those were like the first core businesses, like they just kind of were out of the success from my main business. And then, you know, as I got into social media, I started doing content in 2020.

07:22
more on more opportunities started to come about, you know, from from influence. And so I started a fund and we started buying big apartment buildings, then, you know, I started doing, you know, the NFT project, and it became the number one traded open sea or NFT on open sea, like it was crazy. You know, and I’ve just done a lot of different businesses at this point. And now we train people on, you know, other elements to general business, we train people how to create content.

07:48
You know, we just started the media company you were talking about where we produce content for entrepreneurs like so, you know, basically every business I’ve ever started came from demand that I already knew existed. Like people kept asking me for it. It’s like, dude, when people keep telling you they want to give you money, you’re just like, all right, fine. Let me let me build this.

08:14
You know what’s funny is you originally didn’t like being a real estate agent because you hated clients and it seems like almost all the things that you do involve client work, right? But there’s a big difference. So let me say I still don’t like working with clients. I like doing my own thing. Being like so my problem with being a realtor was like they owned you like you’re a slave to like them. You know, whatever. Right. And you still see it in industries like where that becomes the case. But

08:43
you know, in like our coaching programs now, yeah, we have students and clients, but I don’t have to like hold their hand and I’m not their accountability coach, like, you know, I hop on a call and like they can choose to listen or not. If they don’t want to listen, then whatever, I don’t care. It’s like, you have to be receptive to the information. Now, we do want them to have success because you know, we understand people do need their hands held, they do need accountability. I’m just not the guy doing it. I have coaches who will do that. So got it.

09:13
Okay, you know, it goes back to the real estate brokerage, you know, I built it to 200 agents, I didn’t mind owning the real estate brokerage, because I wasn’t the broker, you know, holding all these agents hands, I didn’t have to go show houses, if I got a lead, I just go give it to an agent, let him deal with it and make some money. You know, like, so, you know, I focus on the things I like to do, which are not usually like one one on one things. And I focus on

09:41
creating the solutions because those things are needed. I just don’t have to be the one to do them. It seems like in some of the businesses that you mentioned, it was all about finding the right partner, right? So you had people requesting accounting services. So you went up to your accountant and said, Hey, you want to start a business essentially? Yeah. Right. So we start, is that generally how you operate? Pretty much. I won’t start a business at this point unless we have an operator in place, right? So we got to have an op

10:09
because I’m not going to be in the day to day period, right? So it’s like when I look at the tax business, I’ve never done someone’s tax returns. Like I’m not sitting on these tax strategy calls, but I own the business, you know, and people trust it because of the brand, you know, that we’ve built, you know, with Pineda Media, the newest one, that one’s a very hands on thing for the entrepreneurs that we manage for their social media, like we hop on a zoom call with them for three hours at a time and pepper them with questions and try to coach them through

10:38
speaking and creating great content, and then we edit it for them and, you all this stuff. And it’s very, I would say it’s probably one of the more high maintenance things because like, this is their social media, this is their like personal brand and how they’re, you know, appearing to the world. So I think people are even more nitpicky with something like this. Yeah. And we’ve got people who are like, they like to help them. And they like doing that stuff. But it ain’t me. So let me ask you this. So if you’re starting these businesses,

11:08
and you’re not the operator, presumably your main value add is the lead flow, right? Coming into business. Yeah, I think I have probably I would say there are three elements that are why people want to partner with me, right? So number one, yeah, the marketing side of things like my, my own organic reach, like, or funneling them in from my other businesses, right? Because if somebody joins my education business, they need tax either way, right? So the fact that I own this business,

11:37
is a funnel to that business. And then my organic marketing will get trafficked. So like that, that’s obviously a huge thing. But you know, as I’m like starting to grow more in business, I’m starting to like, try and get away from that because I can only promote so many things. Yeah. So, you know, when people come to me now about partnership, I’m really not trying to be the promoter or the face, you know, the second way that we really add value is just through like the actual strategy and consulting and the resources like

12:07
the fact that we know how to build funnels and websites and ads and sales teams and hire like we know all of that at a very high level. We know how to scale companies, right? So if you come to us, we’re gonna put the pieces in place to build machines really, right? Like that’s what I’ve built is a bunch of machines. And so we’re gonna turn your business into a machine. And, you know, it’s gonna be a machine that doesn’t need my face on it. Like it can be a machine without me.

12:36
So like people partner up for that reason. You know, and then the third reason I would say is just capital, right? Like, I mean, we have capital if like, somebody’s looking for an investment, you know, and it makes sense. We’ll do that, right? Like our newest thing is called Panada Partners because it’s like, we want to partner up with more businesses at this point. Like I don’t want to necessarily start, like everything that I own to this point, I’ve started from zero. And you know, it’s like, we can do it. We’ve proved it time and time again, but it’s hard.

13:06
You know, like it’s easier to go take something established and blow it up. Yeah. Interesting. So for the people listening to my podcast, some of them probably haven’t started anything yet. So out of all the businesses that you’ve started and run, let’s say you were to start over from complete scratch. What would be attractive to you today and something that you’d stick with for at least, let’s say, three to five years? I mean, I love real estate. Look, as much as I said, I didn’t like it.

13:34
I didn’t like it as an agent, but I love it as an investor. It’s an industry that anyone can get started on today. You don’t need any kind of special skills or experience. You don’t even need a lot of money. Like there are ways to do real estate without using any of your own money. And it’s a skill that builds wealth. Like at the end of the day, you are going to build wealth through real estate if you hold it for the long haul, right? So to me, what I teach is there are really three pillars that you can build your wealth on.

14:03
Number one is business, right? You could start a business and build it up and like, that’s gonna make you money, okay? Number two is investments, okay? You can just become a very good investor, somebody who’s savvy and like, you make great deals and that’s how you grow your wealth. The third is influence. So if you become great on social media and you have influence, you’re gonna build a ton of wealth. You’re gonna get opportunities, you’re going to get just money flowing to you because attention is currency.

14:33
So, you know, at the end of the day, like, if you can do just one of those, you’ll become really wealthy. But if you could do a mix of those, you’re gonna, you’re just gonna kill it. Let’s talk about the influence factor, because I’ve seen you in a lot of places. I think you’re on YouTube, I see you on TikTok all over the place. And you’re pretty prolific. It’s it looks like you’re putting out multiple pieces of content per day. Is that accurate? We put out about 40 to 50 pieces per day. Okay, that’s nuts. Let’s talk about that.

15:03
So that sounds like a lot of time, but I presumably you probably produce one thing and you break it up into multiple pieces. So let’s talk about your process. Yeah, I mean, I probably spend 10 hours a week filming. that it’s not a ton. You know, that’s that kind of output or input creates the output I’m talking about. mean, because, you know, if you think about it, right, like podcasts are like kind of my favorite thing to do. And I like it because it’s informal. I don’t have to prepare. I just talk and it’s great.

15:32
And then we cut those up into different clips and we post those across all the different platforms. They then take what I say and they turn them into tweets, you know, they turn them into blog posts. Everything’s coming from my mouth. It’s just, you know, they’re taking what they think is great. And it’s a machine. It’s a machine like any other business of like, yo, I put in what I got to put in and they do the rest. if you were starting out like you were before when you were

16:01
kind of in debt and you had to borrow money and max out your credit cards. Just walk me through the process from scratch. So let’s say, would you start with a podcast? So if you’re broke and you’re trying to gain influence or make money, like what’s your goal? Well, I think influence leads to money, right? So the first step would be to build that influence, right? You know, I’ve debated about this, you know, because when I was broke 10 years ago, influence wasn’t

16:28
what it is today, right? right influencers are getting, you know, a lot more powerful than even most. So obviously, I think it’s a great tool. But what I would probably tell somebody who’s broke is, pick a tool that you’re naturally good at, right? So, you know, if you’re a great deal maker, and you’re a great salesperson, like I think business is an amazing thing, you should start a business. If you’re

16:56
great crunching numbers and investments, everything else, maybe you should try and get in the investment world of real estate or stocks or whatever. If you’re great on camera, you’re charismatic and you’ve got some interesting things to say, I would say the number one thing in influence is being creative. Like if you’re a creative person, then, you know, influence is the route. You know, I didn’t start with influence. I started with just investing. just bought real estate and that was how I, you know, whatever. And then I started to learn how to run a business.

17:24
because of real estate. And then I started other businesses. And then I got into influence later. And, you know, it made influence so much easier because I had things to talk about. You know, I had credibility at that point. So sure. Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah. You know, it doesn’t mean you can’t start from zero and just start making videos. You absolutely can people there are people who, you know, crush it who have no like, credibility yet. They’re just great content creators.

17:52
there’s nothing wrong with that. You just got to own it. You just got to be like, yeah, you know, like this is my journey. Like, and I’m trying these new things and I’m trying to make it and I’m documenting the journey. I think that’s amazing. So, you know, if I was broke, I would probably be doing a hybrid of trying to build a business, but I’m also going to document myself trying to build the business.

18:15
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

18:45
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

19:13
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

19:31
Your path you mentioned you maxed out credit cards and you had to get some hard money loans. Would you have taken that path again? Like you mentioned investing and that requires capital, right? Yeah. I mean, yeah, 100%. I mean, I like where it turned out, right? But yeah, it turned out great, but it’s risky, right? I mean, let’s say the downturn happened right after you did that. It would have been tough.

19:55
I actually don’t think it was risky at all. And here’s why. Oh, really? Okay. Yeah. This was my mindset going into it. Right. And I think a lot of young people struggle with this. So Steve, how old are you? I’m 48. You’re 48. And you got wife, kids. Yep. Yeah. So like, if you were to lose it all today, it’d be very like catastrophic. And so you know, as you get I don’t think so, actually, because once you know how to make money, it’s not a big deal. Yeah. But yeah, you’ll remake it and you’ll be fine. Right.

20:25
Yeah, but you know, whatever, it’ll suck for a period of Yeah, and yes, whatever. The thing is, like, as you get older, and you you make more money, and you have more to lose, then yes, things get riskier, because you have more to lose, even though your skills are so much better. Right. And also to the value of whatever you’re investing in or putting your times towards, like every dollar you build has least it has less value to you.

20:53
know, your first million dollars is so important, compared to if you’ve made 100 million, what’s another million, it doesn’t really matter. So, you know, it’s just this kind of weird thing where money is very important to you early on, and it becomes less important to you later. And therefore, you shouldn’t try to maximize return later, you should maximize risk. And you know, it’s like, man, adding another dollar doesn’t really matter. I’d rather just make sure I don’t lose this money. Right? That’s something to think about. But

21:23
When I was starting out, I was young, I was 24 years old, my wife was 21. And that’s when we got married. And, you know, we’re broke, right? And so for me, it’s like, all right, well, we’re broke. Let’s, let’s look at the scenarios here, we, we can continue on the path we are currently on, which will lead to continuing being broke. So like, that’s 100 % certainty, or we take a risk.

21:52
and we try this house flipping thing. Now what happens if we try this house flipping thing? Well, there’s lots of scenarios that can happen. You know, as an optimist, the best case scenario is we flip it, we go make 25 grand and it’s gonna be great, right? That’s the best case. What’s the, maybe likely case what could happen? Well, maybe we buy it and we realize like we screwed up on some things and we break even or we lose a little bit of money, right? And so it’s like, all right, there’s probably like a…

22:20
70 80 chance that I’m either breaking even or doing good like that’s probably what it is and Remember I was a realtor before so I still had real estate experience like I understood values then there’s probably a 20 % chance of like catastrophe Where things that the fan I totally bought wrong I can’t sell the house and I’m gonna go lose 20 grand or I’m gonna get foreclosed on or

22:47
you I’m gonna lose the house and now I’m 50 grand in debt and like, that is what it is. All right, well, let’s just think what happens at this worst case scenario at 24 years old, I just freaking declare bankruptcy. And I start fresh in two years, whoop dee doo, you know, right. So to me, I had nothing to lose at that point. That makes sense. I everything to gain. And this is what I try to tell young entrepreneurs all the time. Like, dude, I cannot afford to

23:16
buy your coaching program or somebody else’s I don’t have the money. And I’m like, you have credit cards? Can you get debt? They’re like, Oh, well, yeah, but I’m not gonna I can’t go into debt. And I’m like, dude, what do you think real estate is? Yeah, real estate, you’re going into debt. A credit card is no different than a mortgage or student debt is debt. It’s just a matter of how you use the debt. If you use the debt to go make more money, whether it’s through education or an investment or a business, then it’s not debt. It’s just it’s

23:46
it’s a tool. And so, you know, I tell them, I’m like, Well, you know, what’s the worst that happens? You’re in debt, and you didn’t get what you needed to get done. Like, I know what we teach is legit. So it’s on you if you don’t do it, right. But yeah, if you make a mistake, at least you’ll have made a mistake. And you’ll have learned from it. And then you’ll be able to go do it better the next time, right? Like, you will now have experience and you’ll be able to

24:14
to figure it out again. And we’ve had students who do that. Like not everyone makes money their first deal, right? Like they make mistakes. And they’re totally like the most successful people are like, dude, this is great. Like, I’m glad I went through that. Now I know. And so yeah, when you’re young and you’re broke, you should go into debt. You have nothing to lose. Zero is the same as negative 10,000 or negative. I agree with that. Actually. I agree with that. Do you have kids, Ryan? Yeah, I have a third on the way. Okay. Wow. All right. So

24:43
Just by nature of the content that I put out and the fact that my blog and podcast is called My Wife Quit Her Job, I actually attract a lot of females over the age of 35 who have kids. So that advice is great for someone young. Let’s say you’re broke and you have kids and responsibilities. How would your advice change? Yeah, and this is what I wanted to bring up as you get older, you your risk tolerance becomes more strict, right? That’s just natural.

25:10
when you have more responsibility with kids and a spouse and everything else, like you can’t make the same reckless decisions that you would make when you’re single or when you’re you don’t have kids and you’re you’re not young. So in my particular situation, I felt like I had no risk even though most people wouldn’t have did that. Yep. Yep. Now when you’re talking about a, you know, 35 year old woman who’s got a few kids and I you know,

25:37
does her husband work? Like, I mean, there’s context to every situation. Sure. don’t Yeah, of course. Right. Yeah. But I would think, you know, if you’re married, and your husband’s working, and you’re staying at home, because that’s the title of the podcast, my wife’s a stay at home mom, too. You know, you trying a side hustle, I think has no risk, right? Like, I agree. Why are you not if money is tight for the family, and your husband works a normal W two that it is what it is, then I

26:06
There’s so many ways to make money online and still be a stay at home mom. Like I don’t think there’s any reason you can’t try and put some effort into a side hustle. And I think it has very little risk. So the question is, what would you try? Cause you’ve done a lot of things, right? It goes back to all those three pillars, right? It’s like, okay, you’re either going for influence. You’re going to start a business or you’re going to start investing. But presumably you wouldn’t have taken that hard money loan now with three kids, right? And you didn’t.

26:35
and you just had a regular job? I mean, I’m a risky person by nature. I’ve, I’ve, okay, well, also, too. I’ve never had a job. So I don’t even know. Like, it’s just an, it’s just an area that would never play out. The only job I ever had was with the Oakland A’s when they signed me. And that was it. Everything else, like, I was hustling. But look, if I had a job, and three kids, and, you know, we are living paycheck to paycheck, my wife wasn’t working, let’s like put myself in like the

27:05
maybe a standard situation that people have to make a decision on. For me personally, okay, I always look at the future. I’m very like, man, where am I going? If I’m not on the path of where I want to be, and I know that this current path I’m on is going to lead me to something I don’t want to be, then I cannot stay on this path. There’s no there’s no reason to stay on this path. And so if you’re at a job, and I want to say a dead end job, but like if you’re at a job that’s like,

27:35
you know, this is not going to be the path for where you want your family to be, then it is your obligation to switch the path. Now, you don’t have to switch and just like, quit your job tomorrow. I’m not saying that. But I am saying you need to start forging a new path as you start to transition because your current path is wrong. So, you know, if I was this guy who was working a job and paycheck to paycheck, I didn’t want my wife to work because I wanted her to take care of the kids and everything else.

28:05
then I would be spending every waking moment that I had available to me like learning a new skill. Okay. And whatever that skill was content, real estate, side hustle, online business. I don’t give a crap. You want to flip couches. Cool. But you know, you got to want it bad enough. I don’t care who you are today. I mean, if you work 60 hours a week at your current job, I mean, cool. You can still learn skills. How many hours are in a week? I don’t know.

28:33
but you got time to go learn new skills. And so that’s what it’s gonna take. You’re gonna have to learn a new skill one way or the other if you wanna get out of your situation. It’s not gonna magically change. You can’t just hope for a raise. You you can’t just, you gotta forge a path and there’s lots of tools available. Yeah, the reason why I’m asking all these questions is I get them all the time. So I run a podcast, I have a YouTube channel, blog, and I also run an e-commerce store with my wife that sells handkerchiefs. And I’m always asked,

29:01
You know, out of all the things, I also run an event. So out of all the things that you do, you know, which one would you do in this certain situation? And my answer usually is like the content side can take a while. Yep. Right. I say maybe two or three years if you want to go down that path. If you need money sooner than that, then just selling something like you mentioned, deal flow, whatever it is, will make you money sooner or even just freelancing or stuff like that. Yep. So that’s what I was trying to get out of you is like, you’ve done a lot of different things. Like they’re all pretty disparate. Yeah.

29:32
And the question is, like, if someone came to you and asked that exact question, yeah, what would you have done? What would you advise them? Yeah, yeah. It’s, mean, it’s funny, because like, I’m not a one size fits all guy. That’s like you say, Yeah, well, hey, I mean, look, if you’re good looking, and you’re charismatic, and whatever, like contents, you’re gonna do better at content than the guy who’s not. Right? So it’s like, absolutely true. Everyone has a unique skill set. If you’re introverted, and you hate sales, you’re not going to be a dealmaker. Probably.

30:01
Like, so you shouldn’t be thinking about deal making. You should be thinking about freelancing and doing back end stuff for people. So like, it’s so hard, but you I forgot you asked me the question of what I have maxed out my credit cards in that hypothetical situation. And the answer is yes. I mean, the answer is like, I got to forge a new path. Let’s say I learned the skill of flipping houses. I’m confident in my ability, even though I’ve never done it. I think I know enough. I mean, I have to take the risk at this point. And the reality is if

30:30
If I fail, I’m going to learn something and yeah, I might, you know, put us in huge credit card debt and whatever, but go bankrupt. Like two years from now, you’ll be back. Fine. The same. You’re all right. Once again, I don’t think they’re in much of a different situation. You’re still, you know, paycheck to paycheck, you know, you probably already have some current debt anyways. Like it’s, really not that big of a difference. Like I said, zero is the same as negative 50,000. Like they’re the same.

30:59
So it’s so interesting, Ryan, like we’re pretty different personality wise. Maybe it’s just because the way I was brought up just more conservative use, you have a lot more risk tolerance than I do, which is which is really interesting. Actually, I find it pretty fascinating. Yeah, let’s switch gears a little bit. Let’s talk about automation. So you’re able to do all of these things in a short period of time, because you have these systems in place. Yeah. What are these systems, for example, that you have? And what are some of your philosophies on that on that matter? Hmm. I mean, we got a lot of systems in place. Yeah. And also,

31:28
Speaking of risk tolerance, too, you know, my family lost everything. You know, my mom was a realtor. She, you know, got killed and or not killed, but like, you know, her business got destroyed in 2008 when Oh, yeah, I remember that. And so like, she never recovered. My dad had a convenience store. You know, and I think he had like two or three and then lost them all. Never recovered. Thankfully, you know, my dad works for me now as a project manager and

31:58
You know, I’ve been able to retire him. He likes to work, so it’s fine. But they were always anti-risk because they had been burned so bad. And so my mom never wanted me to get into real estate. She was like, go get a safe government job. Like do those things and whatever. So my parents said too. Yeah. I’m like, no, I’m good. Like I’m not going to do that. And so yeah, I’ve always been a risk taker, not from influence or any, but just like, bro, if you want to accomplish anything big.

32:27
you got to take risk. And if you choose not to take risk, you’re taking a risk that you think everything will stay status quo, which is not going to happen. AI is going to take a job before status quo stays the same, right? So you should be always on like the innovation side. But anyways, you know, how do we handle everything today? I mean, just great people, man. I mean, at the end of the day, I am just very trusting.

32:55
of my staff and team, like I believe they’re going to get things done. I believe that, you know, we’ve got good processes to make sure they’re doing their jobs. And I believe they’re smart enough to fix processes when they’re, you know, not working the right way. And so, you know, it takes a lot of trust to have the right systems in place. But you know, every business has like, SOPs and everything else that you need for anybody to come in and do the job. You know, what’s funny is,

33:24
And the way I operate is I’m a little anti employee kind of kind of like the opposite of you actually, I used to be an engineering director guy, and I had a lot of people under me. And like they were great workers. But I remember I hated dealing with like the emotional side. She was management. Yeah, you know what I mean? Yep. So that’s why I’ve run all my stuff with as few employees as possible. And I used to be an engineer. So I code up all my own stuff. And most of my stuff is automated with machines and code got it and

33:51
We’re living in a golden age, right, of AI. You should be able to, in theory, the next few years, automate even more stuff. What is your philosophy on those things? are you, you mentioned you’re very trusting. Have you ever been burned before? Can you talk about like the overhead of managing so many people? You said there’s what, 90 people in your organization? Yeah, so I think a few things, right? So one is, have I been burned before? Oh yeah, freaking every week, some stupid happens, right? Somebody,

34:20
doesn’t close a deal, they should have closed somebody pisses off a customer somebody. I mean, that’s that’s what running a business is, you know? Yeah. McDonald’s screws up every freaking day, right? But they’re still McDonald’s. And, you know, they’re good. So look, at the end of the day, no big thing has ever been done by a small, small team or just one person, right? Like you want to create big, you need a lot of people. That’s just what it comes down to. And so

34:48
you know, and especially with any business like with scale just comes just doing more of what you currently do. So it’s like, if I want to sell more, I need more sales guys. It’s not like I have to reinvent the script or anything. I just got to increase the inputs of, how do we get more leads? And then now that we have more leads, how do we handle those leads? Well, I need more sales guys, right? So, you know, in order to scale, it always requires more human capital. know, let me ask you this.

35:18
What is your reason for wanting to scale so large? What is your reason to be in business in the first place? What do you value the most? So there’s a lot of philosophy behind everything. there’s three stages to making money. The first is you’re just trying to provide for yourself. And that’s where most people are, unfortunately. The second is once you’ve provided for yourself, it’s, man, how do I provide for those who are close to me? My parents, my whatever, right?

35:47
And then once you’ve done that, the third is, man, all right, well, how do I really just add value to the world, you know, at this point, because everything else that’s close to me is done. So, you know, for me, you know, I’m in that stage three. And, you know, you’re asking me about my book and the everything behind them, like, I’m just giving it away for free. Basically, like, I don’t, it doesn’t matter to me. Like, it’s really a here, let me help the world type play. Sure. And when I think about

36:15
social media and the businesses I’m building, you know, the one thing we teach is like reverse engineering from the big goal to figuring out what you should be doing on day-to-day basis. So like, for me, as a Christian, my big goal is just bringing more people to Jesus. And so like, when you read The Wealthy Way, there’s so many elements of faith in there. You know, we just started a new company called Wealthy Kingdom for Christian entrepreneurs. You know, my content has a lot of faith-based elements in it.

36:45
And for me, I just realized like, you know, there’s not a lot of Christian entrepreneurs out there that are like have influence and many are actually anti Christian, you know, there’s lots of atheists, there’s Scientology, there’s like, just people who, whatever, right. And so I’m looking at this and I’m like, man, if this is what every young entrepreneur is watching, and yeah, they’re learning great business tactics and all this, but they’re going to be screwed for eternity because nobody’s telling him the truth.

37:14
That’s a huge problem. And so, you know, I’ve kind of taken on myself of like, look, you know, the more successful I become in business, the more that more people are going to listen to me because of the success, then I can tell them the truth of what’s actually important. And I can have authority to say it because it’s not like I’m some broke guy telling you that you should do that. It’s like, no, dude, like I’ve done everything you want to do. It’s not as important as you think.

37:43
this is far more important. you know, social media is like the biggest way to get any message out today. That’s why influence is so important. You know, so business influence and then, you know, the more money you make, right, you can fund your initiatives that are important to you. So, you know, I’ve got enough crap for me. Okay. How do I, how do I fund, you know, building churches and mission trips and all these other things that need funding? Because like, I believe

38:12
you know, as a Christian, we’re all part of the body, meaning we all have a separate role to play. And so it’s like, my role may not be to be the pastor, my role may not be to be the missionary, but somebody’s got to finance those people because that is their role. And so if like, I have this skill set, once again, goes back to skill set. such a big proponent of understanding who you are and what your skill set is and what your natural God given gifts are. If you can know those, then you can understand what your purpose is for

38:42
using those skills. you know, if you’re a freaking rock star salesperson, be a rock star salesperson. Don’t try to be an accountant, you know, so yeah, everything stems back to the end goal of why I’m on this earth and you know what God’s calling me to do. And right now it’s like, dude, it to me, it would be disobedient to just take it easy and chill. Like that’s why you’ll never hear me talk about retirement. It’s like,

39:11
There’s nowhere in the Bible that retirement is like discussed. It’s not a thing, right? We’re meant to work. And if I was just to be like, yeah, you know, I got enough passive income now that I can go live on the beach and drink pina coladas the rest of my days and play golf. What a waste of talent, you know, and like, that is not what God called us to do. So I’m motivated every day to, go do things and use the gifts.

39:37
Yeah, I agree with you. I’m never retiring either. The only thing that I’ve been running into problems with is, I don’t know how old your kids are. My kids are teenagers now. And there’s a lot of stuff. You know, so I find myself like, they’re always my top priority. And it, you know, it takes a lot of time and you just can’t do everything. Yeah. And on the flip side, also just, I don’t like dealing with like the emotional headaches of

40:01
Managing. I like I don’t know how you do it. I’m just trying to learn how you’re doing it. Yeah, because I don’t want 80 people. Yeah, I definitely don’t need people. Yeah, that was the first half of your question. So like, here’s the thing. I don’t want to manage 80 people either did like, so, you know, it goes back to the visionary integrator role. like, it just became famous in EOS. And, you know, at the end of the day, I’m a visionary through and through, I am not a manager, which is like why I didn’t want to be a realtor like that. That’s being a manager. So I’m not at the office right now.

40:31
I am not managing the people working on a day to day basis. I don’t run meetings. I’m not sitting in any of this stuff. I’m out here creating inspiring, you know, thinking of big ideas and vision. And that’s what pushes the company to be as because basically the company can only be as big as I envision it, right? Like nobody else is going to, you know, push forward, right? But there’s lots of people who can, I can find to help execute my vision and manage the day to day. And so, you know, I don’t manage anyone truthfully.

41:00
the way we’re structured right now is I have a parent company called the Panada company. And we have a C suite. So I have a CEO, CFO, CTO, all that. And their job is to support all the sister companies in the portfolio. And so my COO checks in with the COO of, you know, wealthy investor. And he says, Hey, how’s everything going? Are we hitting our numbers like

41:26
Do we got to make any adjustments? Do we got to hire somebody? Do we got to fire somebody? Like he’s doing all that stuff. I don’t have those conversations. Like I truthfully, I walk in the office and there’s new people there every week. I’m like, Oh, who are you? You know, like, don’t know. And then I’ve never talked to him. And then, you know, I meet him because it’s the COOs job to go hire them and manage them and fire them and, you know, like it’s not working out. So I don’t do any management at all, really. Nice. Okay. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense, Ryan.

41:56
Hey, I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find more about your book and all the different things that you do? Yeah, I would say go to wealthyway.com to go get access to my book and a bunch of free courses and resources. You know, that’s kind of like one of my biggest givebacks to the world. So definitely check that out. And then, you know, for finding me, I’m everywhere on social media. So if you just search Ryan Panetta, you’ll find me and, know, hopefully you like the content and it’s valuable. Cool.

42:25
Well, Ryan, really appreciate your time, man. Thanks for coming on. Yeah, thanks for having me.

42:32
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And if you want to learn more about Ryan, head on over to his website over at RyanPanetta.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeCouterJob.com slash episode 480. And once again, I want to thank Getita for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Getita over at MyWifeCouterJob.com slash Getita. That’s MyWifeCouterJob.com slash getida. I also want to thank Quiet Light Brokerage.

43:02
Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business and I’ve known them for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them and I trust them 100%. If you want a free valuation for your business or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequietlight.com. That’s mywifequietlight.com. if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequietlight.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

43:31
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

479: Monetize Your Voice: How To Turn A Podcast Into A Multi 6 Figure Business With Ryan Michler

479: Monetize Your Voice: How To Turn A Podcast Into A Multi 6 Figure Business With Ryan Michler

Today, I’m thrilled to have Ryan Michler on the show.  Ryan is the host of the incredibly popular Podcast, Order of Man, where he discusses how to become a more effective father, husband, business owner, and community leader.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Ryan got started, his philosophies on life and how he turned his podcast into several multi six figure businesses.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Ryan started The Order Of Man Podcast
  • How to grow a podcast and turn it into a business
  • The biggest mistakes new podcasters make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m thrilled to have Ryan Mickler on the show. And Ryan is the host of the incredibly popular podcast Order of Man. And in this episode, you’ll learn how Ryan turned his podcast into several multi six figure businesses. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Katita for sponsoring this episode. Katita is a tool that basically gives you free money every month

00:30
when you sell on Amazon, and I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon FBA for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible at managing inventory and they lose or break your products all the time. In fact, I’m willing to bet that Amazon owes you a ton of money right now. Now the problem is that in order to get your money back, you have to manually track your inventory and manually file for a reimbursement. Well, Getita handles all the paperwork for you and takes just 25 % of whatever you get back.

00:57
And basically, you only pay when Katita makes you money, which makes it a no-brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Katita is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode. If you are looking to buy or sell your business, Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company.

01:25
Now I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys over at Quiet Light for over 10 years now, and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash Quiet Light and get a free valuation of your business. Someone from Quiet Light will speak to you for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T. Now on to the show.

01:55
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I have my friend Ryan Mickler on the show. Now, Ryan and I have been in contact since 2016 and I’ve been a fan for a long time. He runs the popular podcast, Order of Man, where he talks about how to become a more effective father, husband, business owner, and community leader. And he embodies a lot of the principles that I believe in. And what’s amazing is that he’s turned his content channels into multiple six-figure businesses. So in this episode,

02:24
We’re going to talk about how Ryan got started, his philosophies, how he grew his podcast and turned it into a business. And with that, welcome to the show, Ryan. How are doing today, man? is up, man? It’s good to see you. We were talking about it. It’s been a whole week, I think, since we’ve seen each other last. So it’s, it’s always a pleasure to talk with you, You know, what’s funny is I was looking at your podcast last night and you are at over 1000 episodes. That’s nuts. Emma, I knew I was getting close. I don’t.

02:53
I’m not really that great when it comes to the numbers and the data. So I knew we were getting close. I was gonna do a special 1,000th episode and apparently it came and went and I didn’t even know. So that’s awesome. That’s good. Thanks for telling me. actually at 1054, by the way. Oh, is that right? So I’m way over. Okay. Well, thanks for telling me. Maybe save that for like the 2,000th episode or something like that.

03:17
Maybe, you know, it’s funny, everybody has these benchmarks and they’re arbitrary, right? A thousand. What’s the difference between 990 and a thousand? Not really much, but I don’t, don’t, I’ve never really gotten into the benchmarks. I feel like I’m just in the thing and I don’t care if it’s a thousand or 10,000 or two. And I’m, just excited about what we’re doing. And that’s the right attitude because that’s the low stress way of doing it. Right. These artificial benchmarks, they don’t matter. Right. They don’t. stress out over them? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Agreed.

03:46
So Ryan, what is your podcast about? When did you start and why did you start? So our podcast is called Order of Man. And really if we strip everything else away, what I’m trying to do is interview incredible men. You said that we’ve got over a thousand episodes. I think somewhere around 440 or 450 ish are interviews that I’ve done with guys like.

04:12
Harry Cruz and we just had George Foreman on the podcast and Tim Tebow and Ben Shapiro and David Goggins, Jocko Willink. We’ve had unbelievable men on the podcast. And really what I want to do is learn from them. I want to figure out what makes them tick, what’s made them successful, break that down, give it to our people who are listening in actionable advice and steps and procedures so that we can replicate the results.

04:40
And I started this thing in 2015. I was doing another podcast at the time. It was called Wealth Anatomy and it was dedicated to helping medical professionals with their financial services. And I realized very quickly that I love the medium of podcasting, but I just, didn’t want to have that same long drawn out conversation about money. So I kept doing the financial advice stuff and then I pivoted.

05:07
from Wealth Anatomy, that podcast, to Order of Man, and it immediately, I think the first day that we put Order of Man out there, had more downloads than any of the highest days with that Wealth Anatomy podcast. So, it was pretty interesting to see it grow, which is a testament to the fact that guys want this information. They wanna learn how to be better men. They wanna thrive and grow and develop. And you see a lot in the men’s movement now, and that’s great. I love that. I think there needs to be more men talking about these issues. But our timing was,

05:36
pretty impeccable and it wasn’t deliberate. I’m not saying that I timed the market exactly right. I just happened to be in the right place at the right time with the right information and it seems to be working. I mean, that’s what I like really. I know as a guy, at least I’m just speaking for myself, not all men obviously, but I have problems talking about a lot of things and just the act of hearing other people have similar problems that I do really makes me feel a lot better about myself and that’s why I think your podcast is so great.

06:04
Yeah, I think I do. think that is true. Guys, guys have a hard time generally speaking, uh, talking about their issues and there’s a lot of bravado and there’s a lot of, uh, chest thumping and, and, know, making it appear as if we have things figured out. I, know, I’ve done that admittedly, you know, over the past, uh, eight years now, however long we’ve been going with the podcast. Um, but I, I realized too, through my own personal struggles, especially recently,

06:31
The more that I’m transparent about those things, the more that I open up and I share what’s really going on in my life, highs and lows, the more people connect with me, the more they resonate with me, the more connected I am with them and the better I can serve them. Because in a way it’s almost as if men are looking for permission in a way they don’t need it, but they’re looking for it to, to have a band of brothers, to have other guys in their corner to

07:01
shows some flaws and some weaknesses and maybe even vulnerability. But I found it’s a very powerful tool. If used correctly, there are inappropriate ways to use it. But if used correctly, it can really help a guy heal and grow and develop and become a better man. I found some of my best experiences has been when so every year prior to COVID, I used my friend Billy Murphy used to put on what he would call a mancation. And it would just be a group of entrepreneurs who would

07:30
you know, just get a really large house and just hang out for multiple days and just really tell like how it is because I think I blame social media for this. On social media, all you see are like the greatest hits, but even successful people, they have problems too. And you don’t realize that. And sometimes if you’re just looking at social media, you’re comparing yourself to the forward facing part of someone’s business or identity. And you can’t really get to the bottom of this until

07:58
You’re kind of in a more private setting. Yeah. Well, and look from a personal level, it’s good to show people your weaknesses. If it’s in a safe environment, you know, I hesitate to use the word safe space, for example. I don’t like that term, but there has to be somewhat of a safe environment to share these things. But so that’s personally, but professionally.

08:24
You know, think there’s so many people out there looking for angles, looking for ways to go, looking for products or services to offer, and they’re basing what they want to pursue on what they believe the market will bear or be interested in. And what I’ve found is that if you just offer solutions to your own problems, you’re going to find enough people that have the same problems you do.

08:52
that are looking for solutions to those problems. Now you might not get 300 million clients. Could you get a thousand 10,000? Yeah, absolutely. In any niche in any sector, it just does not matter. But if it’s your problem, you’re have a much better time resonating with your potential audience. I 100 % agree. And I think our business is the perfect testament to that. I mean, we sell handkerchiefs, right? Right. Who knew that people had that problem? We had that problem. And it turns out a lot of people do. So exactly.

09:22
Yeah. you can talk about it from a position of credibility too, because you can say, Hey, here was the issue I was having. Here’s what I was struggling with. Here’s where I went. Here’s the solutions I look for. They weren’t available. And you’re actually being real and everybody else, know, where you’re landing when everybody else is like, I get this a lot, man, you’re in my head today. No, I’m not in your head. I’m in my head. You just happen to think like me. Like, I’m not trying to solve your problems. I’m trying to solve my own and just planting our flag.

09:49
And then those who are interested in the solutions that I personally am interested in will find me and they think I’m in their head. I’m not, I’m in my own head. You just happen to be in the same boat.

10:01
I am curious then. So you mentioned when you started Order of Man, the podcast just took off. Was the other podcast kind of struggling and was that a signal to you that you shouldn’t be doing that one anymore? It did struggle. And I think part of that was because of the niche that it was. was financial advice for medical professionals. So it was hyper, hyper niched. not, I just, I just don’t think my heart was in it.

10:25
frankly, it really wasn’t that it wasn’t getting downloads or that it wasn’t taking off the way that I shot thought it should, because I actually didn’t know. didn’t have anything to compare it to. I do remember my very first client that I picked up from the podcast. It was a pediatric dentist or maybe he was a physician and it’s been a long time. He was a pediatric something and, and, uh, he called me up and I got on the phone with him and he said, Hey, uh, I need disability insurance.

10:54
So great, that’s pretty common for doctors. so I said, well, tell me a little bit about what you’re looking for. And he rattled off a laundry list of items that he was looking for. He’s like, I need this disability insurance with these features, this benefit, this and much, these clauses. Now don’t know about you, but nobody knows about disability insurance. Like they maybe have a general idea of what it is, but they don’t know the features and the benefits and how it works and the definitions. This guy knew everything.

11:19
So I said to him, said, Hey, like you’re either shopping and you’re very familiar with this or I don’t know. you in the industry or like, how do you know so much about disability insurance? And I’ll never forget it. He said, Oh, I just listened to the podcast you did on disability insurance. And I wrote down everything you told me I needed. Wow. I was like, Oh, okay. Got it. I realized the power of this. Now I’m in somebody’s earbuds for 20 minutes or an hour.

11:48
And they’re looking at me as an authority figure, whether I am or not, that’s the perception on their end. And I realized how powerful it could be when you’re talking to the right people through this medium and leveraging your time. But to your point, I, my heart wasn’t in it. I remember I got a phone call from one of my clients and I looked down at my cell phone and I was like, it wasn’t because of that client. actually love those clients. In fact, they’re still friends of mine.

12:17
It was that I just didn’t want to talk about their investment portfolio. I didn’t want them to say, should we sell or buy or rebalance? I did not want to have that conversation and realized at that point that it was time to put more effort into Order of Man and less effort into the financial planning stuff. So I know that running a podcast is tough. So you mentioned Order of Man kind of took off as soon as you launched it. I think that’s kind of rare because I think the discoverability of podcasts is very difficult. So

12:46
How did you get Order of Man off to such a great start when you started in the very beginning? I took the approach of asking for forgiveness rather than asking for permission. I’m not sure I would necessarily advocate for that, but I’m just trying to be truthful in what I did. I had a list of

13:11
emails from my previous podcast and from my clients and prospects in the financial planning world. I’ve always been into marketing and to some aspect. And so I was always aware of capturing people’s information. So I did that. And when I launched the podcast, I just sent out a message and email to everybody. And I said, Hey, look, I know this is completely different than I’ve done before. This may or may not be relevant or pertinent or informative for you, but here’s a new project I’m starting.

13:40
And if you feel so inclined to have a listen, join us, subscribe. I started a Facebook group at the time and that did really, really well. And I just invited a bunch of people without asking. Again, I don’t know if I would advocate for that, but that’s what I did. And then I also did one other thing that was really, really instrumental early on. I looked for events that were taking place where there would be people in the space that I was interested in getting in.

14:10
And there was an event being put on by Erin Marino and Antonio Centeno. You know both of them, bet. Yep. And it was called, what was it called? I think it was called, well, before that, before Memfluential, I think it was called, was it, was it StyleCon maybe? StyleCon, StyleCon, So, it was StyleCon. I think it was their second year they did it. And I reached out to Erin, or,

14:37
Antonio and I said, Antonio, I’m Ryan. Here’s what I’m doing. Can I come speak? And, and he’s like, no, you can’t come speak. I don’t know you. I don’t know what you’re doing. I hadn’t really even launched anything yet. He’s like, but why don’t you come out and introduce yourself and we’ll talk and we’ll see where it goes. And I did, I went out there and I talked with Antonio and, um, the other presenters. looked at the other presenters who were going to be out there. Brett McKay with art of manliness was one of them. And he’s big into the space that we’re in now.

15:06
Um, and I emailed and messaged every single one of the speakers and presenters and introduced myself before I went to the event. And in fact, I’m friends with a lot of them. just talked with Antonio last week and still a friend, uh, Eric Bandholz with beard brand. I have a conversation with him on Wednesday. Like I’m Tanner Guzzi. I’m friends with a lot of these guys still, but positioning myself when I really didn’t have the right, I guess you could say to do so.

15:35
was pretty ballsy, I think of me, but it paid off really, really well. And Aaron Marino was kind enough to do a, I did a write-up on all of these guys on my, on my website and I just did a little bio and what they were about and who they were. I shared it and Aaron Marino shared it on his end and it exploded. Like it just took that, that, that article or that page just took off. And so I credit a lot of my early success to Aaron and Antonio and

16:05
and these guys that I met at StyleCon, which turned into Menfluential. Yeah, I was in Antonio’s mastermind groups for the last several sessions and I was at the last Menfluential. Oh, you were, okay. one that he held, Yeah. I was on a panel or he put me on a panel or something. So I mean, I love those guys and Aaron Oh, they’re phenomenal. Antonio is huge. They’re so giving. That’s probably the best word. They are. They are. They want people to win and succeed and if you can align yourself with people like that.

16:33
and also add value to their lives, which I try to do. It’s a no-brainer, it works.

16:39
So let me tell you, your statement about ask for forgiveness, not permission, I’ve been trying to instill that in my kids, but in such a way that they don’t do that to me. And it’s been kind of a struggle because I’m of the belief actually, that if you want something, you have to go out and get it. And if you sit there and wait for permission, it might not ever come. Yeah, that’s hard. I had a conversation with my oldest son and I can’t even remember what it is. It was a couple of weeks ago.

17:09
And he challenged me on something, not in a bad way, but I said something or asked him to do something or I don’t remember what it was. And he came back and he said, you know, no, or here’s what I think or whatever the situation was. And at first I was like, hey, I’m your dad, know, do what I say, like, listen. But then I was like, no, actually, this is a principle that I want him to learn. I actually want him to question. I want him to question authority. I want him to question the status quo. I want him to question why things are done the way they are.

17:39
And so that hat, if that’s what I believe, if that’s value that I have, then it has to be based in principle. And if it’s based in principle, then that means it applies broadly even to the relationship he has with his father, me. So it’s hard because you want them to obey you, but then also you want them to figure out some things on their own and go their own way. That’s a weird dichotomy. It’s very strange.

18:07
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

18:37
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

19:05
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

19:23
It is, you know what’s funny is I don’t know if you listen to Tim Ferriss podcast. He just had an episode on with Derek Sivers. With Derek Sivers who I love, that’s why I listen to that episode. And they were talking about this exact same thing. Like you need to pick and choose from your ideologies and just go with what you believe in really. And you should question, you should question people.

19:50
you know, why they do things. And it’s funny that that’s how I got promoted at work. Once my businesses started taking off, I stopped caring. And then I started questioning a lot of things my my bosses were doing and the decisions they were making. And ironically, that’s what got me promoted, ultimately. So it does work. And I think when people hear that they might be tempted to game that like, if I don’t care, then it’ll work. It’s like, No, you actually have to be indifferent.

20:20
And you can’t manufacture indifference because if you manufacture it, then that’s actually not indifference. You actually care deeply about it. Indifference is I genuinely do not care. I don’t think about it. doesn’t cross my mind. Uh, it doesn’t impact or affect me. the question then becomes, how do you become indifferent? Well, you make yourself successful and then you’re no longer relying on other people’s opinions or your paycheck. So for example, let’s say you’ve got a million dollars in your bank account.

20:50
got a million dollars sitting there and your boss comes to you and says, hey, I need you to do something and it’s going to go against your principles and values. If you’ve got a million dollars in your bank account, you’re not going to do that. No, I’m not going to do that because you can afford to walk away. If you are up to debt, up to your eyeballs in debt and your boss comes to you and says, hey, I need you to do this thing and it might go against your values and principles, you’re probably actually going to do it. You’re probably going to do it.

21:18
because you’re beholden to that occupation, that job, because you’re broke. It’s the same thing with your physical health. It’s the same thing with your spiritual wellbeing and welfare. It’s the same thing with your physical environment. It’s the same thing with the relationships that you have. I was talking with, again, with my oldest son, and he’s really hung up on this girl, like really hung up on this girl. And she’s not interested. Like she’s just not interested, which we all know what that’s like. That’s hard. That sucks.

21:46
And he’s like, well, you know, she said this and she said, I’m like, bud, she’s toying with you. She’s stringing you along. She’s not interested. And he alluded to the fact, he’s like, well, I like her. There isn’t anybody else. I said, that’s the problem. That’s the problem right there. The problem is there’s nobody else. You have no other options and therefore you’re hung up and you’re obsessed with this one person. But if you had other viable options and you kept the field open,

22:13
you wouldn’t have to be so hung up on this one particular girl. And again, principles, they apply broadly and they apply across the board. Absolutely. I mean, on the income side, which is mainly what we cover on this pod, know, diversifying your income streams. If you’re not depending on any one, then you have a lot more mental freedom in addition to time to do what you want also. Yeah, absolutely. Well, and the cool thing about

22:39
being in a business like you are like I am is, you know, I’m fully into this thing. I’m fully bought in and fully vested into this thing. But even still that diversifying your income is a crucial element of it, but you can do that within your business too. So podcast sponsorships and ads is one way. We don’t do a lot of that. We do that a little bit for a select few companies. Another way is a membership program that we have, and that’s the bulk of our revenue.

23:07
But just because we have good revenue coming in through that doesn’t mean that I’m not going to close myself off to other ideas. So merchandise, that’s become a big, you know, I’ve got a hat, I’ve got a shirt, I’ve got other products. Events, you know, events. I don’t know, I’m questioning events this year, but I can question it because I don’t need it, right? If I needed to do events for the revenue, then I would do it. But now I can question whether or not I want to or whether or not it’s something I’m even interested in.

23:33
because I have other revenue sources and it’s not gonna greatly impact my lifestyle. So I wholeheartedly agree with the multiple ways of making money. Actually, let’s get into that because I know a podcast in itself doesn’t make any money. So you mentioned a couple things. So you have a membership site. How does that work? And what is it all about? Well, let me say this about a podcast because there is a lot of confusion about that. You’re right. Just because you put a podcast

24:02
on the internet doesn’t mean it’s going to make money. I think if more people looked at podcasting as a marketing channel, they would look at it a lot more successfully because that’s really what it is. I mean, yes, you can sell sponsors and ads and things like this. And that’s one way your podcast can generate revenue in and of itself. But I look at my podcast as a mark, one of my marketing channels, just like I would look at with Facebook or Instagram or YouTube or emailing or direct marketing or any number of ways to market. Uh, but the

24:31
The primary bulk of what we do is our our membership. And I think we’ve got over 1200 members of that right now. And these are all men who join us and we hold each other accountable. We’ve got assignments and we’ve got monthly topics. In fact, the guy that does our monthly topics just sent me an email for the month of May. So I’ve got to review that this afternoon. Uh, and then we have teams that are all working together, regional channels. So guys can get together face to face if they so desire, uh, challenges.

25:01
different channels. So if they want to talk about fatherhood or they want to talk about overcoming pornography or firearms or hunting, there’s different channels. And so they can customize their experience based on what is most interesting to them at any given moment. So that’s been very successful and we’ve got a lot of, a lot of powerful responses or success stories in, in, that brotherhood. I mean, that’s really impressive. I know

25:30
starting any membership site, there’s always this chicken and egg problem, right? Because you can’t get people to join unless there’s already a lot of activity. Otherwise they’ll be disappointed. But on the other hand, you can’t have a lot of activity unless you have a lot of members. So how did you actually start that membership site? I actually don’t think that’s a big problem. I think that’s something that we tend to manufacture in our minds and then it keeps us from moving forward. So we might do that deliberately because we don’t want to do it.

25:55
Or we might be a perfectionist. So we think everything has to be perfect before we start something But I’ll tell you the origin with what it’s called the iron council and I’ll tell you the origin we had the podcast going for about I think it was about six or seven months and we had the Facebook group and My wife came to me and she said hey, right I really love that you’re doing this order a man thing. Like you seem happy about it. Like you’re fulfilled. It’s been fun But it’s taking away from the family financial

26:24
you know, income because you’re not doing the financial planning stuff as much. You’re doing this business. So I think you either ought to scale back or find a way to make money. And I was like, well, she’s right. Like, well, I’m not scaling back. If anything, I’m to double down on this. Right. And I had listened to a podcast, I believe is with Pat Flynn. And I can’t remember the gentleman that he had on, but he was talking about courses like four, eight week courses. And I thought, well, that might be cool. Like maybe I could do that.

26:53
And I had done a YouTube video called 8 Skill Sets Every Man Needs to Master and it did really, really well on YouTube. And I thought, well, what if I take that 8 skill sets and we incorporate that into a course and I’ll do a 12 week course and we’ll do an introductory week and then we’ll do the 8 skill sets, one per week, and then we’ll do a recap and that’ll be the 12 week course. And I’ll do a special Facebook group for it and I’ll

27:21
do a monthly topic for the guys and that’s the value that I’ll add. And so that’s what I decided to do. And I charged $97 for the course. I didn’t know. was like, okay, I’ll charge. And, and I said, I only have 12 spots available. And that was, that was actually key is that I didn’t just open it up and say, Hey, everybody and anybody said, we only have 12 spots. We’re just testing it. We’re going to see how it works. We’re going to see if you guys are interested in. And that’s where I think people think that they need to have everything figured out.

27:51
or that they need to have a lot of activity. They don’t. You just need to be honest with people. Hey, we’re just trying this. We’re seeing how it goes. There’s only 12 spots. I’m just testing it. So it’s not perfect, but here’s what it is. And in reality, I didn’t even have all the course material done. All I had was the outline so I could sell the course and the first week’s ready to go. And then what I was doing is as we were going through week one, I was actually putting together a course two or excuse me, week two course material as we were doing week one.

28:22
And so we get about eight, nine weeks, it’s a 12 week program. So we get eight, nine weeks into this thing and the guys are like, Hey, like, what do we do when this is over? Like, this is awesome. We love this. What, what do we do next? I’m like, Oh, I don’t know. I hadn’t really thought about it. And at that point we opened up the iron council as more of a permanent thing, not just a course. And you know, we had our first 50 members, 80, a hundred members fairly quickly. So yeah, I hear what you’re saying about like, Oh, I want to have it perfect. I get it.

28:52
I think that’s noble, but it’s just not going to get you anywhere. Start with a minimum viable product, launch it, get 10, 12 people into it, and then you can build it as, build the airplane as, as it’s flying, as they say, I guess. So it’s funny is, uh, your story is pretty much similar to mine. Like I actually just couldn’t get myself to start a course. And so finally I decided to just launch it with nothing. And I said, Hey,

29:20
I’m just going to tell you guys upfront, I have no material, but if you guys sign up, I’ll promise I’ll deliver a good class. I ended up signing 35 people at 300 bucks. And then all of a sudden I was like, Oh man, I guess I have to deliver now. Yeah. And that forced me to do it. Same. I mean, I had, I had the outline and, but I knew that the guys relying on me for a week too. So I had to bust my butt to get week two done. I remember, uh, Mark Gubloski is the first person that signed up. In fact, a couple of years ago, he sent me the email.

29:50
So he signed up with us about eight years ago. He’s still part of the iron council. He’s the very first member outside of me of the iron council. And I still have the email and I said, Hey Mark, you know, thanks for believing in me. Like it was just one me. Now it’s two of us. This is awesome. I’m excited. And I remember when he signed up, I was like, this guy is an idiot. It’s like, he doesn’t know me. He doesn’t know what I’m putting together. He just spent money and it, you know, it was only a hundred bucks, but

30:19
Why would he do that? And just the level of faith that he had in me keeps me driving. The level of faith a lot of guys have in what we’re doing keeps me driving and motivated. But yeah, you gotta be really, really careful in this arena, this digital space of thinking that you have to have this perfect thing. Just figure out a way to connect with people around an idea or a concept or a problem and just be honest about it and they’re gonna wanna do more work with you. I promise you, they’re gonna.

30:49
It’s funny, I remember my first couple signups also and one guy, his name is Joel Cherico, he was a potter and he actually couldn’t afford the full tuition. So I actually took him on, I think at a hundred bucks or something like that. And today he actually makes mid six figures making his own pottery. And at the time I was thinking to myself, I don’t know if I can get it, get you to work because you have to make all the pots and then.

31:16
Pottery is kind of like an art form. And so you have to build an audience in order to charge higher prices. Yeah. But he made it work and that just made me so happy. Yeah. Good for you and good for him for doing it too. I think he brought up a good point too about you have to have an audience and that is important because if you have a product, even if it’s the best product in the world, which it sounds like you and I did not have that. But even if it is the best in the world, you do have to offer it to somebody. And who are you going to offer it to? If you don’t have a

31:46
a list or a Facebook group or a social media presence or a podcast or some sort of community, free community, where you can speak freely and talk with these people about those issues. And you want to weave a common thread through it all. So it can’t just be like, I want to help people. Well, no shit. Everybody wants to help people. How, how exactly do you want to help people? What’s relevant to you? What’s relevant to them? Who are you speaking to? What problems do you have? If you can

32:14
tie that common thread through all of your conversations in a free community or better yet, multitude of free communities, then you’ll actually have somebody to offer something to when you decide to do that. Yeah. So I mean, is your primary lead gen your podcast? Yeah, I would say podcast. mean, we have millions and millions of downloads a month at this point. So podcasts and then driving them to emails.

32:41
YouTube and Instagram are pretty active. We’ve got about 72,000, I believe, members of a Facebook group, a close Facebook group that generates something. then our emails, if I didn’t already say that.

32:59
Yeah, yeah, for me, email is probably the most important, but you do have to get people on the emails. So you need a way to do that. Let me ask you this. So growing a podcast is tough. So you had that initial push from guys like Aaron and Antonio, but it’s grown to, you said, millions of downloads. What are some of the things that you’ve done that have moved the needle the most in terms of growing a podcast?

33:24
Well, we’re an interview show primarily. We do three podcasts per week now. So the Tuesday episode is an interview, like for example, the one with George Foreman and then Wednesday is an ask him anything where we field questions from our audience on various platforms. And then Friday is what we call the Friday field notes where it’s a monologue. It’s just me speaking on a particular subject from throughout the week that I’ve learned. But we started with the interview.

33:51
And the beauty of that was that I got to borrow other people’s credibility, you know, so they had already built up their audience and it’s, it is weird because a lot of times people won’t share podcasts that they’re on. I never really understood that, but I am wrapping my head around that. I have over the past several years, you have to make it really easy for people to share it. Like if you just, and you have to make them look good.

34:16
And a lot of podcasters don’t do that. Like I’ll go on a bunch of podcasts and then they send me a thumbnail or their work. I’m like, man, this just looks amateurish. Like this doesn’t elevate me in the eyes of my audience. Why would I share this with my audience? But if you can really elevate your guests by pulling out clips, pulling out the best clips, by having good audio, by having good video, by having good thumbnails, by having all of this stuff done and you send those assets to them, don’t bombard them.

34:46
but send it out over maybe a week or two weeks like, hey, here’s a video. Our podcast just drops. Here’s a video you can share. Here’s what you can say. Here’s the link. Like send it to me. So I know, so it makes it easy for me to share because I’m actually looking for powerful content that I can use to build up credibility with my own audience. And if you can’t provide that for me, I really have no compelling reason to share your podcast. So that is very, very important.

35:15
It’s the real work begins, I think, after you do the interview, after you have the conversation. And if you can realize that and recognize that you’re a marketer, most people don’t think they are like, well, I’m not a marketer. It’s kind of like a lawyer, like I’m not an attorney. Why are you ashamed of that? Same thing with marketing. I don’t want to be a sales guy. Why? The world revolves around selling things, whether you’re selling something professionally because you want to make a dollar or even selling yourself to

35:45
a future spouse, for example, or why a client should listen to you. Everything is sales, everything is marketing. And I got pretty good at that pretty quick by having relevant, interesting people on my podcast that my audience would resonate with. What you said was like the story of my life, because I was in former engineer. And I hated selling. And I just didn’t realize the importance until I started going into business. So who knows if I was still an engineer today, I

36:15
I might be the same guy huddled behind my computer, but thanks to business, I learned how to sell myself, sell products, sell pretty much anything, and you’re right. It’s a very important skill to have in life, because everything is sales, really. Well, even in engineering, there might be projects or proposals that you want to offer, recommendations that you’re making. You got to sell it. And if you don’t sell it,

36:38
the engineer down the hall is going to sell it and he’s going to win because you weren’t willing to sell yourself on why that person should buy your product or your service. know, every once in a while hear from people who are in a particular field and they see somebody who’s ultra successful. Like a notable example would be Jordan Peterson, right? He’s a psychologist. He’s a clinical psychologist. And he’s also a lecturer. He’s a

37:06
Professor, he’s a teacher. I don’t think that he is anymore, but he was. And it would be like hearing from a professor and they’re upset because Jordan Peterson gets so much attention or from a psychiatrist, he’s like, well, the stuff I share is just as valuable, but Jordan Peterson gets all the attention. Right, because he knows how to market himself. Here you are sitting and crying and complaining that he’s getting all the attention while you’re not doing anything to get attention.

37:32
So you can consider yourself a psychologist and people should just know and people should just beat down your doors or you can get off your high horse and realize that you need to go out and present yourself to the world so you can do good. Isn’t that what you want? A psychologist wants to serve and help people work through their issues. You can’t do that if nobody’s listening to you.

37:52
So on your podcast, from my understanding is you put out clips and you send them to your guests to get them to encourage to share it. Yeah. So these are some of extra things that you do. Yeah. Yeah. Another big, another big one is, and this is relatively new is collaborations on Instagram. So when you and I put out a podcast, you should invite me, you shouldn’t just tag me on the post on the clip. You should invite me as a collaborator.

38:18
because what that and again, it has to be high quality, has to be good. If it isn’t good, I’m not going to accept your, your invite, but if it is, then I’ll hit accept as a collaboration and then it’s going to post right on my feed. And that’s beautiful because I have to do nothing except for accept and you get full access to my entire Instagram, uh, followers. Right. Interesting.

38:44
Have you done a podcast co-labs with other podcasts where you do a read of theirs and they do a read of yours or anything like that? I haven’t done that. I don’t know. I haven’t done that. guess that that’s a possibility. That would certainly be something to entertain and look into. Um, that isn’t something I’ve done, so I can’t really speak on that. Sure. I do. I do tend to stay away from when people use the term podcast swap. I don’t, I don’t like that. Um, sure. Like

39:14
If I want to have you on the podcast, I don’t need, it’s not a tit for tat. Like if I want to have you on the podcast, I’ll have you on the podcast because I think you’re going to add value to my audience. Now in our case, we happen to be on each other’s podcast, but I wouldn’t consider this a podcast swap. Like I knew what you had to share because you’ve been on in the past is going to be relevant with my audience. And hopefully what I’m sharing is going to be relevant with yours, but it’s not like you scratch my back. I scratch yours. I don’t do that. Like I actually just hate that terminology. It’s, it’s, it’s ridiculous. Why do you hate it? What?

39:43
What is it? I do too. I’m curious. Yeah. The reason why is because after doing business for over a decade now, I feel like a lot of things are just transactional and that’s what I don’t like. You know, you do things because you want to do it. You don’t do things because you feel obligated to do it. And I always hate feeling obligated to do something. Yeah. You know, that one friend that you have, like everybody has, hasn’t, you pick up the phone. You’re like, Oh man, I like this person, but they’re going to ask me for something.

40:12
Like the relationship is only there because he’s going to call in favors. He’s going to ask you for something. You probably keep a score. He’s keeping tabs. Like that’s not a friend. You know, a friend will do. And I’ve got plenty of friends too, who, you know, if I asked him for something, they’re like, yeah, I’m there. He’ll drop everything and they won’t, they’re not telling it like, Oh, yep. I helped Ryan move. So now he owes me. No, that’s not how it works. So I try to find more people like that. And if I want to have somebody on the podcast,

40:43
I don’t need anything. I don’t need anything from you. I don’t need to be on your podcast. I don’t need you to like promote or whatever. I mean, sure, it’s nice, but I have people on the podcast because they’re going to add value to my audience. That’s the only reason I would have somebody on the podcast. And incidentally, this is why I typically never do any sponsored sort of posts or podcasts or anything like that, because it just, again, it feels like an obligation at that point. Yeah. So

41:11
So you don’t do, you do ads on your podcast? I do, but it’s only with companies I use. Yeah. Myself. I don’t even do ads really. I, there’s two companies I work with origin. Uh, and they do geese and they make, uh, American made boots and, and, jeans and then so we’re next exercise equipment. And both of the founders, Pete Roberts with origin and Bert Soren with Soren X. Those are personal friends of mine. Those aren’t business. They were friends first.

41:40
and I happen to use their stuff. I like their hunt line, I like their denim, I like their boots, I like their geese, and with Sorenex, I’ve got my own Sorenex. I buy their stuff. I buy stuff. And those are companies that I believe in, and they’re companies that I use personally, and so I’m very much the same way as you. I used to, when I started, I worked with an ad agency. I remember I got a read from the ad agency, and it was for like, what was it for?

42:07
Oh, two is for life insurance and mattresses. And I just don’t care. I don’t care what life insurance you have. And I don’t care what mattress you sleep on. I really don’t. Should you have a good mattress? Probably. Should you have life insurance? Yeah. But I don’t care. It’s not relevant. And so I felt like I was just selling out my audience to hawk crappy life insurance and, you know, the latest foam mattress and it just wasn’t relevant to me. mean, I have a story along those fronts too. And

42:35
I think we all make the same mistake. So I did a sponsored deal once. We’re just going back and forth. Probably took like two months. And then they wanted me to say a certain thing a certain way. And that’s just not the way I talk. And I got an argument, I was like, hey, it’ll work much better if I just ad lib it and speak my own language, then you give me this script. And they didn’t understand that. So we went back and forth. And finally, I was like, fine.

43:02
I just did it the way they wanted, but I didn’t feel good about it. And I sold myself. I’d never do that again. I know you feel like you sold a little piece of your soul. I actually got a, uh, an email several weeks ago from manscaped. They do like beard trimmers, like your private trimmer, all that kind of stuff. And, and I’m like, well, that actually makes sense. You know, I’ve got a beard, I’m a man, I’ve got hair, like I got to trim up and everything. And I think companies are wising up to that. So when they reached out to me, I said, Hey, I’m, you know, I’m interested. Like, let’s have a discussion.

43:31
And we, really hasn’t gone anywhere. Cause again, I’m just, it’s not an avenue I’m totally interested in. But one thing they said, and this was very telling is they said, Hey, what plan would you have for bringing this up organically? Just weaving it into conversations. like, okay, this company, at least they get it. You know, they like my podcast for a reason. So why ruin it? It’s like a football team, a great passing football team who makes it to the playoffs and they get into the playoffs and they start running the ball. It’s like, what the hell are you doing?

43:59
Like you got here because you’re a passing team. You’ve got a great quarterback who can read. You’ve got great receivers who can catch and make plays. And now you’re going to run it. You know, it’s the same thing here with the podcasting. It’s like you like my podcast for reason and now you want to come in and you want me to change it because you want to hawk your product. How’s that going to work? It’s not going to work. It’s not going to resonate or land with our audience.

44:21
Right, let me ask you this. If you were to start all over again, because I get this question asked a lot, would you have started a podcast today? Because I know there’s probably over million podcasts today and there’s just more sprouting up, right? It’s kind of like blogging. When I first started, there weren’t that many, but now there’s everyone and their mother has a blog. How would you get started today in content if you were to start all over? Well, I personally would do a podcast, but it’s probably not for the reason you think. A lot of people might hear that and think, oh, you do a podcast because that’s where people are. Sure, that’s why.

44:51
But I’m also good at podcasting. I like it. I enjoy it. I’m not like de-energized. I find value in doing it. I love these conversations. I like being behind a microphone. I like being in front of a camera. That’s why I would start a podcast. But if I didn’t like that stuff, no, I wouldn’t do a podcast. Maybe I would do emails. And that would be the way that I built it.

45:16
If it’s purely social media or maybe I just like face to face interactions and so I got to find a way to do events and go to events and host events and speak at events. I would do it based on what I like and I really like to podcast. I don’t events for example, I don’t really like going to events. I’m pretty introverted. I can meet people. I can talk with people. I’m not awkward.

45:44
But I’m just drained. Like at the end of the day, I’m like, oh, I’m so drained. I’m so tired. And that’s weird to somebody who is not like that, but I am. so events aren’t my favorite thing. Like running our own, sure, I like doing that, but I don’t like going to other events. So it’s not a big part of my marketing strategy. I think you really have to do what you’re inclined to do, what you enjoy doing. Try everything, sure. And then trim and cut and add and tweak as you figure out what vein you want to go down based on.

46:14
what you like. Yeah, I like that. So what I usually say, so my answer to that question usually is, you want to go with something that you think you can maintain forever, because you want to do it. Because otherwise, you’re just going to quit. I mean, there’s times when I do this podcast and blogging where I don’t want to do it anymore. But what keeps me going is the fact that one, I enjoy having these conversations. And also, I made a commitment to do it. And I this pace that I can maintain forever.

46:41
Well, and people will ask, especially with podcasts, because when I started in 2015, there, there wasn’t nearly as many as there was quite a bit, but not nearly as many as there is now. So I, I hit that at the right time, but I listened to other podcasts that are getting started, especially men’s type podcasts and they’re horrible. And that’s ex that’s understandable because if you go back and you listen to mine, it’s horrible, horrible. And there’s guys who will

47:11
find our podcast and they’ll go back and they’ll literally listen to all thousand fifty episodes or whatever you said. Like really you listen to everything? Yep. From number one. I’m like, holy cow. How long that take? You took him like a year and a half. And I’m like, don’t listen. Like don’t like don’t listen to anything before like episode three hundred because it was crappy, you know? And so these guys, these guys will start these podcasts and go listen. I’m like, man, your audio sucks. You’re awkward. You don’t know how to ask conversation or ask questions.

47:40
You don’t know how to hold the attention of your guests. You don’t know how to keep them on target. You don’t know how to bring compelling content. Understandable. I’m not even judging. I’m like, yeah. So you got to stay in it long enough so that you can do those things well. And it’s going to take you years. Like, you’re not going to do a podcast this week. And then in a month, like, you’re awesome. It’s going to take you years and years. And people are like, Ryan, you’re so good at this. Yeah.

48:06
I’ve done a thousand fifty episodes. If I’m not good at this at this point, something’s wrong. But if you would have asked me an episode 200, you would not say I was good at it. You’d like, this guy’s need some work. Of course. Of course. I won’t even comment on my YouTube channel because it’s one thing to have your voice out there, but to have like you on camera story. So embarrassing. So embarrassing. I keep your first episode up. Yeah, you do. Okay. I was going to ask you. do. I do. Yeah. It’s embarrassing, man. It’s embarrassing.

48:35
I have my first one up there. I was like a crappy camera. I’m in this like flannel shirt, like I’m zoom pan way out in my garage and audio is horrible. And I look so dumb and awkward and I love it. You know, I keep it up. You guys can go look at it. I was, I was awkward. Of course I was. So I got to keep myself to your point in the game long enough that I can get past that stage. Absolutely. Yeah. I mean that’s

49:03
I mean with content, it’s all about perseverance and you just get good over time. I think most people don’t even realize that. So you do. And I think it’s important to be intentional too. Oh, I just going to say, Steve, it’s important to be intentional too, cause you will just get better naturally, but you really have to critique yourself and say, okay, well my lighting could be better. My audio could be better. How can I improve this week? Oh, I asked that question. That was dumb. Maybe I can ask a different question. And so if you listen to your content,

49:32
or view it with a critical ear, not to beat yourself up, but to improve, then you’ll expedite your results. I know for myself and my personality, what ends up happening is I start consuming all this content from people who are doing it well and they provide tips. I just get kind of consumed in making it better and better. And these things just take time. I know for me, sometimes these skills, just take time to absorb. And maybe all of a sudden I’ll have a eureka moment where I just start magically

50:01
all of sudden doing things better. But that just takes, it just takes time for things to sink in, at least for me. For everybody, think, I think that’s right on. Yeah. Hey Ryan, where can people find you online? The podcast, the blog, the YouTube channel and your membership site. Yeah. It’s all at order of man. So if you like podcasts, you’re listening to this one, you can check out the order of man podcast, wherever you’re listening today.

50:27
OrderOfMan.com is our headquarters. The Iron Council is our exclusive brotherhood. It’s closed right now. We only open it up once per quarter. That’s something that we pivoted away from keeping it open all the time to having enrollment periods. So it’s closed now, but it’ll open up I think in about 45 days. My timeline’s right about 45 days. And you can check that out at OrderOfMan.com slash Iron Council. And then on social media, I’m most active on my personal Instagram account, which is at Ryan Mickler and my last name is M-I-C-H.

50:59
Hey, well, Ryan, thank you for this podcast swap. That’s it. You’re done. You’re cut off. I’m not really. I know. know. just blacked out myself. No, hey, man, it was really good to connect after all these years. think Nick Loper introduced us and, Antonio said really good things about you in the past also. And I trust all those guys. have a lot of friends. turns out solid guys. Yeah. We’re running around on the fringes in similar circles. So it’s good to, it’s good to reconnect and get to know you a little bit better.

51:25
Yeah, man. Hey, when’s your event also? Are you still doing it? Uh, oh, for like our event for order. Yeah, your event. Yeah, no, we don’t. We don’t have any on, on the books right now. Um, I’m working out a location, so I imagine that I’ll have the dates and things like that worked out in the next month or two. So I’ll let you know. Um, but yeah, we don’t have anything on the books right now. Cool. So if you guys want to check out his event, just order of man.com sign up for Ryan’s email newsletter. If you want to attend one of his events. So sir.

51:55
Dude, thanks a for coming on, man. Appreciate it. Thanks, Steve. Appreciate you.

52:01
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I love Ryan’s podcast, Order of Man, and you should go check it out. Content is king, and when you have an audience, you can basically sell anything. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 479. And once again, I want to thank Getita for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FEA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Getita over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Getita.

52:30
That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light Brokerage. Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business. I’ve known the guys over there for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them, and I trust them 100%. If you want a free valuation for your business, or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash Quiet Light. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T.

52:59
And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

478: Stop Overpaying For Shopify Apps! Here’s An Optimal Shopify Store Setup – Family First Friday


In this episode, I discuss a Shopify store setup that gives you the biggest bang for your buck, revealing the ONLY apps you truly need to maximize efficiency, drive sales, and turn your store into a success story.

Most people get overwhelmed with too many Shopify apps but these are the only ones you need.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why having too many Shopify apps is bad
  • A prioritized list of essential apps
  • The average number of apps used by Shopify store owners

List Of Apps

Transcript

00:00
Have you ever found yourself lost in a sea of Shopify apps, not knowing which ones are really necessary for your online store? Well, you’re not alone. And today we’re going to change all that. In this podcast episode, I’m going to talk about an optimal Shopify store setup, revealing the only apps that you truly need to maximize efficiency, drive sales, and turn your store into an efficient conversion machine. What’s up, everyone? You are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online.

00:27
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. This is a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book yet, The Family First Entrepreneur, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and fill out the form to get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:55
Also, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce store, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now the apps that I’m going to describe in this pod are what I consider a solid Shopify store setup for beginners and experienced store owners alike that will give you the biggest bang for your buck. Now why is this episode necessary? Because it’s really easy to get carried away installing random apps that you find on the app store.

01:22
Also, most of the apps apply to other e-commerce platforms as well, such as BigCommerce and WooCommerce, so feel free to pick and choose what you need based on my recommendations. Now the first must-have app on my list is Klaviyo. In fact, out of every single app on this list, Klaviyo is probably the most important one. Klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I personally use and recommend for any e-commerce store. And right now, Klaviyo makes up roughly 30 % of the sales.

01:50
for my seven figure eCommerce store over at bumblebelandons.com. Now there are hundreds of email marketing providers out there, so why Klaviyo? Klaviyo is designed from the ground up to sell physical products online, and it allows you to segment your audience based on the exact purchasing behavior of your customers. For example, if I want to send an email to someone who’s purchased a specific type of handkerchief last week and spent over a hundred bucks, I can easily do that. But the true power of Klaviyo lies in the automation.

02:18
And Klaviyo makes me hundreds of thousands of dollars every year on autopilot. And here’s how. First off, it’s a well-known fact that if a customer buys from you once, then they’re much more likely to buy from you again. So when anyone makes a purchase from my store, a Klaviyo automation automatically cross-sells them related products. For example, I sell matching linen cocktail napkins, tea napkins, and dinner napkins in my store. Now, if someone buys cocktail napkins but dot dinner napkins, then Klaviyo automatically sends out an email

02:48
that sells my dinner napkins. You can also set up Klaviyo to automatically send out abandoned car reminders, solicit reviews for your products, anniversary reminders, basically anything. And overall, the primary way to grow your e-commerce store is through repeat business and to build a brand. And the only way to build a brand really is to bring people back to your site over and over and over again until your brand becomes ingrained in their memories. Now, if you’re just starting out, there’s a YouTube video that I filmed

03:18
that will teach you how to set up these automated flows in Klaviyo. Now the second app that I recommend is Postscript. And just like email marketing, SMS or text message marketing will be one of your best ways to bring customers back to your shop. Now I call email and SMS owned marketing platforms because you own your customers contact information and no one can take that away from you. This is in direct contrast to platforms like Amazon, Facebook and Instagram where they control your reach.

03:47
And the best part is that everyone checks their text messages, making SMS one of the best marketing mediums, period. And when I implemented text message marketing for Bumblebee Linens, I saw click-through rates in the 20 % range, and it instantly started generating revenue for my shop. Now, if you want to see a more in-depth case study on SMS, there’s actually a video linked in the show notes below. It’s also a blog post there as well, where I reveal real conversion numbers for my online store.

04:16
Now you might be thinking to yourself, who the heck would want marketing text messages from your company, but it works. And the best part is that you only pay when you actually send a text. And if you’re still not a believer, then just take a moment, look at your phone, and I’m willing to bet that you have some text messages from retail stores, restaurants, Amazon even, everyone is using SMS today. Now the next app that I want to discuss is called Looks.

04:44
and it’s spelled L-O-O-X. Looks is a social proof marketing platform that empowers over 100,000 Shopify and Shopify Plus merchants to grow their brands by turning customers into ambassadors. So basically, this app helps you collect video-based reviews and show them off on your website. Now, according to Bose.io, consumers spend 31 % more on businesses with excellent reviews. So displaying reviews for higher-priced products

05:13
can increase conversion rates by up to 380%. I mean, I don’t have to tell you this, but reviews are important for any store. Now what’s also cool is that once you’ve started gathering reviews for your shop, they will show up in the Google search results as well. For example, if you were to do a search for hemstitch linen dinner napkins, you would see a bunch of stars next to my product. Now, if you saw a listing with stars next to a listing with no stars, which one would you click on?

05:42
The one with the stars, right? And according to Google, having these stars next to your product in the search results can boost the click-through rate by up to 87%. Reviews, testimonials, and referrals are all forms of social proof. And social proof is important because people are like lemmings. People look to others’ actions and opinions to determine what is the right decision or behavior, and it’s human nature for us to seek validation from our peers, especially when we’re unsure about buying something.

06:12
Now out of all the Shopify review apps, I like Looks because they specifically help you get more video reviews. The entire world is moving towards video, and video reviews have the highest effect on conversions compared to text-based reviews. Now the next app that you should install is shipping software. And personally, I use the Shipping Easy app for my online store, and it helps me streamline shipping hundreds of packages every single day. And here’s why shipping software is a must-have.

06:40
It allows you to easily ship out hundreds of packages per day as efficiently as possible with your brand displayed on the shipping label. It allows you to manage multiple carriers. Most stores, like my own, ship out via USPS, UPS, and or FedEx. And without shipping software, you’d literally have to log into each platform individually to print labels. It also allows you to deal with shipping errors. Most software keeps track of all your shipments and lets you know when packages have been delivered or delayed.

07:09
But most importantly, shipping software allows you to save on shipping costs. Because they ship out so many different packages, they’ve negotiated incredible rates with all the major shipping carriers. And you can literally save 50 % or more on shipping compared to just going to the post office. Now, my two favorite shipping apps are Shipping Easy and ShipStation, but I generally recommend Shipping Easy for new e-commerce store owners because they have a free plan that allows you to ship 20 packages per month for free. Now, this next app…

07:38
is software that I absolutely could not live without today, and it’s called Gorgias. Gorgias is customer service software powered by AI that helps you answer customer questions quickly and easily. And here’s the biggest problem with managing customer service for an e-commerce store today. Customers can ask you questions on a zillion different platforms. For example, every day we get questions via email, SMS, Instagram, Twitter, Facebook.

08:05
It is literally impossible to manage correspondence on all these different platforms. But Gorgias allows you to consolidate all this correspondence in a single place. So today, I manage all social media comments, emails, SMS, everything from the Gorgias dashboard. And here’s the best part. Gorgias ties in directly with your Shopify backend and can pull order information without you having to manually look it up. Now in our store, and I’m sure this is common for most stores, the two most asked questions that we get are,

08:35
where’s my order and has it shipped yet? And instead of manually logging into my store to look at this information up each time, Gorgias automatically detects these types of questions and then pre-populates an email response with the exact customer’s information from your Shopify backend. All you got to do is click send. And as you can imagine, this speeds up customer service dramatically. You can also use Gorgias to track phone calls and track however your customer service reps are performing based on the number of tickets that they close.

09:06
Now this next app is crucial for getting customers to come back to your store and buy again. Smile.io allows you to implement a loyalty program on your online store. And as I mentioned earlier, a customer who has bought from you once is 65 % more likely to buy from you again. And the best way to get someone to buy from you again is to start a loyalty program. Here’s what our loyalty program looks like. Basically, a customer earns one point for every dollar spent in our shop. And based on their point totals,

09:35
they earn valuable merchandise from our store. But here’s the thing, the merchandise in our handkerchief store costs us very little money and far less than giving out a discount coupon. But people are loyal because they want to build up points in their account. And here’s the best part. Instead of sending out a discount via email, sometimes we have 2X loyalty point days where we give out virtual currency for our shop, which is way cheaper than giving out money.

10:01
And overall, loyalty programs increase customer attention, increase customer satisfaction, and because they’re getting free stuff, it actually greatly increases brand loyalty and repeat purchases. Now this next app is one that I consider a must have to increase your average order value and make every sale you make more lucrative. And this tool is called Zipify OneClick Upsell. OneClick Upsell is a tool that allows you to add additional products or upgrades to customers immediately after they made a purchase with just one click.

10:31
without the need to enter payment or shipping details again. So when a customer has completed a purchase, they’re basically hot and ripe to buy more. After all, they already trust your company, they’ve already opened up their wallets and they’re susceptible to a follow on offer. So let’s say you sell body wash in your shop and you purchased one bottle. And then at checkout, you are presented with an offer to get an additional bottle at 30 % off. There’s a high chance that you’d take that, right?

10:58
Well, one click upsell can increase your average order value by up to 12 % or more. And here’s the beauty of the tool. You only pay for a percentage of your sales that one click upsell generates for you. In other words, you only pay for the app when it actually makes you money. And this is what makes it a no brainer to install. Now these final two Shopify apps are if you are design challenged and need assistance making visual tweaks to your site. And these are both what I call nice to have apps. Now the first one,

11:27
is a little known app called HyperVisual Page Builder. HyperVisual Page Builder allows you to build custom web pages for your Shopify store without knowing how to code or needing a designer. And most of you listening to this probably have never heard of this app because HyperVisual Page Builder sucks at marketing, but their tool is fantastic. They don’t have an affiliate program. They don’t do any influencer outreach, nothing. But their tool is super cheap compared to the competition.

11:55
and it will allow you to create beautiful custom design landing pages with no coding. Now the second app helps you build email pop-up forms on your site. And if you were to go to bumblebelenus.com, you’ve probably noticed a spin to win pop-up on my site. And this is the highest converting email form that I’ve ever implemented. And a tool like Privy allows you to implement this on your site for free up to 5,000 visits per month. So all in all, those are my must have Shopify apps.

12:24
If there are any on this list that I forgot to mention, send me an email and I will append them to the show notes of this episode.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

477: Million Dollar Business Ideas Free For The Taking Part 2 With Nick Loper

477: Million Dollar Business Ideas For The Taking Part 2 With Nick Loper

Today I’m thrilled to have Nick Loper back on the show for the third time. Nick is the host of the popular podcast, Side Hustle Nation, where he breaks down different ways to make money on the side.

The last time I had Nick on the podcast was back in episode 429, where we gave out a bunch of million-dollar business ideas. This episode was so popular that I decided to do another round with Nick. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How and where to brainstorm business ideas
  • 19 different ways to make money on the side
  • The best business ideas for 2023

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
Have you ever found yourself lost in a sea of Shopify apps, not knowing which ones are really necessary for your online store? Well, you’re not alone. And today we’re going to change all that. In this podcast episode, I’m going to talk about an optimal Shopify store setup, revealing the only apps that you truly need to maximize efficiency, drive sales, and turn your store into an efficient conversion machine. What’s up, everyone? You are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online.

00:27
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. This is a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book yet, The Family First Entrepreneur, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and fill out the form to get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:55
Also, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce store, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now the apps that I’m going to describe in this pod are what I consider a solid Shopify store setup for beginners and experienced store owners alike that will give you the biggest bang for your buck. Now why is this episode necessary? Because it’s really easy to get carried away installing random apps that you find on the app store.

01:22
Also, most of the apps apply to other e-commerce platforms as well, such as BigCommerce and WooCommerce, so feel free to pick and choose what you need based on my recommendations. Now the first must-have app on my list is Klaviyo. In fact, out of every single app on this list, Klaviyo is probably the most important one. Klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I personally use and recommend for any e-commerce store. And right now, Klaviyo makes up roughly 30 % of the sales.

01:50
for my seven figure eCommerce store over at bumblebelandons.com. Now there are hundreds of email marketing providers out there, so why Klaviyo? Klaviyo is designed from the ground up to sell physical products online, and it allows you to segment your audience based on the exact purchasing behavior of your customers. For example, if I want to send an email to someone who’s purchased a specific type of handkerchief last week and spent over a hundred bucks, I can easily do that. But the true power of Klaviyo lies in the automation.

02:18
And Klaviyo makes me hundreds of thousands of dollars every year on autopilot. And here’s how. First off, it’s a well-known fact that if a customer buys from you once, then they’re much more likely to buy from you again. So when anyone makes a purchase from my store, a Klaviyo automation automatically cross-sells them related products. For example, I sell matching linen cocktail napkins, tea napkins, and dinner napkins in my store. Now, if someone buys cocktail napkins but dot dinner napkins, then Klaviyo automatically sends out an email

02:48
that sells my dinner napkins. You can also set up Klaviyo to automatically send out abandoned car reminders, solicit reviews for your products, anniversary reminders, basically anything. And overall, the primary way to grow your e-commerce store is through repeat business and to build a brand. And the only way to build a brand really is to bring people back to your site over and over and over again until your brand becomes ingrained in their memories. Now, if you’re just starting out, there’s a YouTube video that I filmed

03:18
that will teach you how to set up these automated flows in Klaviyo. Now the second app that I recommend is Postscript. And just like email marketing, SMS or text message marketing will be one of your best ways to bring customers back to your shop. Now I call email and SMS owned marketing platforms because you own your customers contact information and no one can take that away from you. This is in direct contrast to platforms like Amazon, Facebook and Instagram where they control your reach.

03:47
And the best part is that everyone checks their text messages, making SMS one of the best marketing mediums, period. And when I implemented text message marketing for Bumblebee Linens, I saw click-through rates in the 20 % range, and it instantly started generating revenue for my shop. Now, if you want to see a more in-depth case study on SMS, there’s actually a video linked in the show notes below. It’s also a blog post there as well, where I reveal real conversion numbers for my online store.

04:16
Now you might be thinking to yourself, who the heck would want marketing text messages from your company, but it works. And the best part is that you only pay when you actually send a text. And if you’re still not a believer, then just take a moment, look at your phone, and I’m willing to bet that you have some text messages from retail stores, restaurants, Amazon even, everyone is using SMS today. Now the next app that I want to discuss is called Looks.

04:44
and it’s spelled L-O-O-X. Looks is a social proof marketing platform that empowers over 100,000 Shopify and Shopify Plus merchants to grow their brands by turning customers into ambassadors. So basically, this app helps you collect video-based reviews and show them off on your website. Now, according to Bose.io, consumers spend 31 % more on businesses with excellent reviews. So displaying reviews for higher-priced products

05:13
can increase conversion rates by up to 380%. I mean, I don’t have to tell you this, but reviews are important for any store. Now what’s also cool is that once you’ve started gathering reviews for your shop, they will show up in the Google search results as well. For example, if you were to do a search for hemstitch linen dinner napkins, you would see a bunch of stars next to my product. Now, if you saw a listing with stars next to a listing with no stars, which one would you click on?

05:42
The one with the stars, right? And according to Google, having these stars next to your product in the search results can boost the click-through rate by up to 87%. Reviews, testimonials, and referrals are all forms of social proof. And social proof is important because people are like lemmings. People look to others’ actions and opinions to determine what is the right decision or behavior, and it’s human nature for us to seek validation from our peers, especially when we’re unsure about buying something.

06:12
Now out of all the Shopify review apps, I like Looks because they specifically help you get more video reviews. The entire world is moving towards video, and video reviews have the highest effect on conversions compared to text-based reviews. Now the next app that you should install is shipping software. And personally, I use the Shipping Easy app for my online store, and it helps me streamline shipping hundreds of packages every single day. And here’s why shipping software is a must-have.

06:40
It allows you to easily ship out hundreds of packages per day as efficiently as possible with your brand displayed on the shipping label. It allows you to manage multiple carriers. Most stores, like my own, ship out via USPS, UPS, and or FedEx. And without shipping software, you’d literally have to log into each platform individually to print labels. It also allows you to deal with shipping errors. Most software keeps track of all your shipments and lets you know when packages have been delivered or delayed.

07:09
But most importantly, shipping software allows you to save on shipping costs. Because they ship out so many different packages, they’ve negotiated incredible rates with all the major shipping carriers. And you can literally save 50 % or more on shipping compared to just going to the post office. Now, my two favorite shipping apps are Shipping Easy and ShipStation, but I generally recommend Shipping Easy for new e-commerce store owners because they have a free plan that allows you to ship 20 packages per month for free. Now, this next app…

07:38
is software that I absolutely could not live without today, and it’s called Gorgias. Gorgias is customer service software powered by AI that helps you answer customer questions quickly and easily. And here’s the biggest problem with managing customer service for an e-commerce store today. Customers can ask you questions on a zillion different platforms. For example, every day we get questions via email, SMS, Instagram, Twitter, Facebook.

08:05
It is literally impossible to manage correspondence on all these different platforms. But Gorgias allows you to consolidate all this correspondence in a single place. So today, I manage all social media comments, emails, SMS, everything from the Gorgias dashboard. And here’s the best part. Gorgias ties in directly with your Shopify backend and can pull order information without you having to manually look it up. Now in our store, and I’m sure this is common for most stores, the two most asked questions that we get are,

08:35
where’s my order and has it shipped yet? And instead of manually logging into my store to look at this information up each time, Gorgias automatically detects these types of questions and then pre-populates an email response with the exact customer’s information from your Shopify backend. All you got to do is click send. And as you can imagine, this speeds up customer service dramatically. You can also use Gorgias to track phone calls and track however your customer service reps are performing based on the number of tickets that they close.

09:06
Now this next app is crucial for getting customers to come back to your store and buy again. Smile.io allows you to implement a loyalty program on your online store. And as I mentioned earlier, a customer who has bought from you once is 65 % more likely to buy from you again. And the best way to get someone to buy from you again is to start a loyalty program. Here’s what our loyalty program looks like. Basically, a customer earns one point for every dollar spent in our shop. And based on their point totals,

09:35
they earn valuable merchandise from our store. But here’s the thing, the merchandise in our handkerchief store costs us very little money and far less than giving out a discount coupon. But people are loyal because they want to build up points in their account. And here’s the best part. Instead of sending out a discount via email, sometimes we have 2X loyalty point days where we give out virtual currency for our shop, which is way cheaper than giving out money.

10:01
And overall, loyalty programs increase customer attention, increase customer satisfaction, and because they’re getting free stuff, it actually greatly increases brand loyalty and repeat purchases. Now this next app is one that I consider a must have to increase your average order value and make every sale you make more lucrative. And this tool is called Zipify OneClick Upsell. OneClick Upsell is a tool that allows you to add additional products or upgrades to customers immediately after they made a purchase with just one click.

10:31
without the need to enter payment or shipping details again. So when a customer has completed a purchase, they’re basically hot and ripe to buy more. After all, they already trust your company, they’ve already opened up their wallets and they’re susceptible to a follow on offer. So let’s say you sell body wash in your shop and you purchased one bottle. And then at checkout, you are presented with an offer to get an additional bottle at 30 % off. There’s a high chance that you’d take that, right?

10:58
Well, one click upsell can increase your average order value by up to 12 % or more. And here’s the beauty of the tool. You only pay for a percentage of your sales that one click upsell generates for you. In other words, you only pay for the app when it actually makes you money. And this is what makes it a no brainer to install. Now these final two Shopify apps are if you are design challenged and need assistance making visual tweaks to your site. And these are both what I call nice to have apps. Now the first one,

11:27
is a little known app called HyperVisual Page Builder. HyperVisual Page Builder allows you to build custom web pages for your Shopify store without knowing how to code or needing a designer. And most of you listening to this probably have never heard of this app because HyperVisual Page Builder sucks at marketing, but their tool is fantastic. They don’t have an affiliate program. They don’t do any influencer outreach, nothing. But their tool is super cheap compared to the competition.

11:55
and it will allow you to create beautiful custom design landing pages with no coding. Now the second app helps you build email pop-up forms on your site. And if you were to go to bumblebelenus.com, you’ve probably noticed a spin to win pop-up on my site. And this is the highest converting email form that I’ve ever implemented. And a tool like Privy allows you to implement this on your site for free up to 5,000 visits per month. So all in all, those are my must have Shopify apps.

12:24
If there are any on this list that I forgot to mention, send me an email and I will append them to the show notes of this episode.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

476: 7 Passive Income Streams That Make Me $5800 Per Day (Working From Home) – Family First Friday

476: 7 Passive Income Streams That Make Me $5800 Per Day (Working From Home) - Family First Friday

In today’s episode, I’ll walk you through 7 different passive income ideas that I personally use to earn over $5800 dollars per day in passive income. 

With each of these passive income streams, I’ll also reveal how much upfront work it takes and how long it took me to establish each one.

What You’ll Learn

  • How much upfront work is needed to start earning passive income
  • How difficult is it to maintain each passive income stream
  • How long it takes to establish each income stream to make at least $100/month

Transcript

00:00
For the past seven years, I’ve been consistently earning about $5,800 per day in passive income from seven different passive income sources. And the truth is, is that I sincerely believe that anybody can do what I’ve been able to do, because it’s not rocket science. However, it does take quite a bit of work to set up each stream, and it can take a while for you to start generating income. But once you start gaining momentum, you can make money passively while you sleep. So in today’s episode,

00:28
I’m going to walk you through seven different passive income sources that I personally use to earn over $5,800 per day in passive income. And with each of these passive income streams, I’m going to tell you how much upfront work is actually needed to start earning passive income with this idea, how difficult it is to actually maintain the passive income stream once you started it, and how long it took me to establish the income stream to make at least $100 per month.

00:54
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form.

01:22
and get over $690 in free bonuses. Also, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce store, make sure you sign up for my free six-day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now, first off, I want to start by defining what I consider to be passive income because everyone seems to have a different definition and there are lot of scams and videos on the internet covering this exact subject. My definition of passive income is an income stream that makes you money while you sleep.

01:52
doesn’t mean that you’re not doing any work to make your money, but that you aren’t trading your time for money. In other words, your earnings are not limited by the number of hours in a day. All the passive income streams that I’m going to discuss today have varying degrees of difficulty and will take varying lengths of time to nurture and cultivate until they start making money. Now, the first time I experienced passive income was with my online store over at bumblebeelandins.com. Back in 2007, my wife and I started this business.

02:20
so that my wife could stay at home with our newborn child. And within one year, we managed to make over $100,000 in profit selling handkerchiefs of all things. Pretty random, right? We started this store many years ago, and today it is a seven figure business. We now own our own warehouse with employees, and it’s extremely profitable. So the first passive income stream that I want to discuss is e-commerce or selling physical products online. Now the beauty of selling physical products online,

02:47
is that you can have a computer do most of the heavy lifting for you and take orders 24-7. All you gotta do is find a product to sell and understand how to drive traffic to your product listings. Now when most of you think about selling physical products online, you’re probably afraid of the idea of carrying inventory and manually fulfilling orders. But today, you can sell physical products online without ever touching any inventory. For example, drop-tipping is a business model where you take orders on your online store

03:15
and your supplier ships the order to the end customer. You can also sell on Amazon FBA, where you send your products to an Amazon fulfillment center, and Amazon takes care of storage, shipping, and customer service. And finally, you can use a 3PL. 3PL stands for third-party logistics, and it’s basically a fulfillment center that stores and ships your products for you. Now, as I mentioned earlier, my wife and I started our handkerchief e-commerce store and grew it to a 100K profit in just one year.

03:43
and it’s grown the double and triple digits ever since. You’re probably wondering how much upfront work is needed to start a store and how long does it take to make money. Now over the years, I’ve taught over 5,000 students in my profitable online store course, and I’ve had students make significant money within three months. But realistically, you should expect to stick with it for at least one year. 59 % of my students make at least four figures per month after a year after they’ve launched their product.

04:11
Now the beauty of this business model is that once you have your products and suppliers in place, it’s actually quite straightforward to maintain and run, especially if you’re on Amazon or Walmart. Now my next passive income stream is YouTube ads. Right now, YouTube ads generates me almost $1,000 per day in ad revenue alone. And this money is literally 100 % passive. YouTube arranges all the ads for me, and I just collect checks at the end of every month. Now how much money is actually needed to start a YouTube channel?

04:41
Well basically you just need your smartphone, a decent mic, and basic video editing software. In fact, that’s all I started this channel with about three and a half years ago. Now since then I’ve upgraded my equipment over the years, and just in case you were curious, I shoot with a Sony A7 and use a Rode Wireless Go microphone. I edit my videos with Camtasia and Adobe Premiere. Now the key to making passive income with YouTube is consistency. Three and a half years ago.

05:09
I told myself that I was going to publish one video per week for at least three years without missing a single video. And at first I did all my videos myself, but once I started making a little bit of money, I hired a full-time video editor. And today it literally takes me about 30 minutes to film a video because I have a very efficient system in place. I basically walk into my office, put my notes on the teleprompter, flip on the camera and just start filming. Then I just chuck the video overboard to my editor and that’s pretty much it.

05:40
And similar to my e-commerce store, once you start making money, it’s actually really easy to maintain once you’ve built up an audience. Now the only downside to making passive income with YouTube is that it takes forever to make money. My channel didn’t start making a few hundred dollars a month until well over a year. And it didn’t start making five figures a month until after three years. Now if you’re gonna start a YouTube channel, make sure you commit to it for at least three years.

06:06
My next passive income stream is my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com. Now the income from my blog can be broken down into three separate income streams, which I’ll describe below. The first one is affiliate revenue. By writing blog posts that review my favorite software tools and products, I get a cut of every sale that I generate. For example, my blog post on Shopify versus BigCommerce generates me income anytime someone clicks on a link in that post and signs up for either Shopify or BigCommerce.

06:34
Now the tricky part about affiliate income is you have to learn how to generate traffic to your blog post and learn how to rank in Google search. And similar to starting a YouTube channel, starting a blog is a major slog. I literally did not make more than a couple hundred bucks until after the two year mark. And I made my first 100K after three years. But the good news is that the revenue hockey sticks quickly once you gain momentum. Today, my blog generates several hundreds of thousands of dollars a year in affiliate revenue alone.

07:04
And the key is understanding what people are searching for and putting out great content that answers their questions. Now, the second way my blog makes money is through display ads. I use a service called Mediavine to find in broker ads from my blog and they take a 25 % cut of the revenue. Basically, all I got to do is insert a special piece of code on my site and Mediavine takes care of showing the ads on my posts. Right now, I’m on track to generate almost $10,000 a month in passive income.

07:33
But that’s probably not the norm. It usually fluctuates between $6,000 and $12,000 a month, I’d say. And I literally don’t have to do any work except publish posts that generate traffic. Some of the posts that I wrote 10 years ago still make me money today. Now, the final way my blog makes money is by generating sales from my online courses. And right now I teach two classes. The first one is called Profitable Online Store, where I teach people how to start their own e-commerce stores. And basically this course teaches you everything that I do

08:03
to make money with my store over at bumblebeelinens.com. My other course is called Profitable Audience, which teaches you how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting. And the way I run my courses is different from other courses on the internet because I treat people like how I like to be treated. Both of my courses offer lifetime access for a single fee. There are no hidden upsells or recurring fees because I personally hate getting nickel and dimed. And I go above and beyond for the students in my class.

08:32
You can actually listen to several full length podcasts with some of my six and seven figure students on the podcast, which is the perfect segue to my next passive income stream, which is my podcast. The My Wife Quitter Job podcast is a top 25 show in all of Apple podcasts in the marketing category. In fact, recently when I checked, I was number 13, but I generally hover within the top 25. As you guys know, you guys are listening to this right now, the My Wife Quitter Job podcast is an interview based show.

09:00
where I interview successful entrepreneurs, with the exception of Family First Fridays where I go solo. And if you know me well enough by now, you know that I’m pretty anal. I am super nosy and I like to ask the hard questions. And because I’ve run many businesses myself and always get my hands dirty with everything, I know exactly what to ask. Now the podcast makes money from companies who sponsor the show. And once again, I’m always super picky with the sponsors I take on because it all reflects on my reputation.

09:28
I only promote companies that I use and love. Now overall, the podcast is probably the hardest passive income stream to grow because there’s no easy way to advertise your podcast to get new listeners. With a blog and YouTube, Google does a fantastic job of promoting your content to the masses, but no such engine exists for a podcast. In fact, my podcast didn’t start making money until about the three-year mark. And come to think of it, it seems as though every business I start takes me about three years to make money.

09:58
except for e-commerce, which only took about a year. Now the main benefit of having a podcast and the main reason why I run it is to meet other successful entrepreneurs. I’ve met so many high profile and successful people by simply interviewing them for an hour. Now the final passive income stream that I have is my investments in stocks and real estate. There’s not really much to say here, except that I only invest in what I know.

10:22
For stocks, I pretty much stick to tech because I used to be an engineering director in charge of microprocessor design. And in terms of real estate, I tend to only buy in neighborhoods that I know well. I’m not really the type of guy that trades or makes transactions very often. I basically only ever sell a stock if I feel as though something fundamentally negative has affected the company. For example, I used to own the stock Garmin, which is a GPS company a long time ago, but I got rid of it.

10:49
as soon as I saw that smartphones were going to replace individual GPS units. Anyway, those are my seven main passive income streams that make me over $2 million a year, working at around 20 hours per week. And the beauty of all these streams is that the benefits compound over time. For example, the more videos that I put out on YouTube, the more money I make. The more blog posts I write, the more traffic I receive from Google. And the more products I release in my e-commerce store, the more money I make.

11:17
Now when it comes to starting any passive income stream, it’s a matter of when, not if, you’re gonna make money. And I have friends who have made passive income way faster than I have in my case. Just listen to some episodes of my podcast and you’ll know what I mean. But things don’t always have to happen quickly. As long as you pick a pace and establish a routine that you can maintain forever, it’s not gonna feel like work. And when something doesn’t feel like work, time passes quickly and before you know it, you’ll be making a lot of money.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

475: Proven Strategies To Grow Your Traffic 4X in 6 Months And Rank #1 In Search With Jeff Oxford

475: Proven Strategies To Grow Your Traffic 4X in 6 Months And Rank #1 In Search With Jeff Oxford

Today I’m thrilled to have Jeff Oxford on the show. Jeff helped boost my search engine traffic over 4x for both of my websites over at bumblebeelinens.com and mywifequitherjob.com.

He’s one of the few SEO consultants that I actually trust and in this episode, he’s going to teach us what it takes to rank a website in Google today.

What You’ll Learn

  • The correct way to do on site SEO
  • How to write content that ranks in search
  • The exact strategies that were used to increase SEO traffic by 4x in just six months

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I’m thrilled to have Jeff Oxford on the show and Jeff is someone who has helped boost my search engine traffic over Forex for both of my web properties over at bumblebelenons.com and mywifequitterjob.com. He’s one of the few SEO consultants that I actually trust and in this episode, he’s going to teach us what it takes to rank a website in Google today.

00:28
But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Getita for sponsoring this episode. Getita is a tool that basically gives you free money every month when you sell on Amazon, and I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon FBA for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible and manage your inventory and they lose or break your products all the time. In fact, I’m willing to bet that Amazon owes you a ton of money right now. The problem is that in order to get your money back, you have to manually track your inventory

00:56
and manually file for reimbursement. Well, Getida handles all the paperwork for you and takes just 25 % of whatever you get back. So basically you only pay when Getida makes you money, which makes it a no brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Getida is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up at mywifequitterjob.com slash Getida. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode.

01:24
If you’re looking to buy or sell your business, Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company. Now I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys at Quiet Light for over 10 years now, and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash Quiet Light and get a free valuation of your business. Someone from Quiet Light will speak to you for free. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash Q-U-I-T-L-I-G-H-T.

01:54
Now on to the show.

02:01
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jeff Oxford back on the show. most of you guys listening to this podcast know that I generally don’t like SEO guys, mainly because there are a lot of spamming ones out there. But Jeff is someone who I trust mainly because I’ve known him for, I don’t know, I wanna say at least five to seven years. I don’t know exactly. But anyway, during the pandemic, my SEO rankings for Bumblebee linens

02:29
got hit by a major Google update. And I actually don’t really enjoy writing content for Bumblebee Linens because it’s about handkerchiefs and linens. My wife quit her job I love. I can pump out content for years. when I write about hankies, crafts, or generating content in that matter, I don’t really particularly enjoy it. so, and our rankings had dropped, which obviously leads to lower business. So I actually reached out to Jeff to lend a hand.

02:56
And the result was that we actually increased SEO traffic by 4x in just six months, which in my opinion is kind of unheard of. Usually when you tweak things, doesn’t quite, you don’t quite get 4x results in six months. And so today what I thought would be interesting for you guys is I invited Jeff to just kind of come on and talk about some of the things he did and we did together in order to get that rankings boost. And with that, welcome to show, Jeff, how you doing? I am doing great, Steve. Thanks for having me.

03:26
Yeah, I can’t tell you how many spammy SEO people like I literally get like five emails per day from people who promised me the top results. The funny thing is I also get five about five per day from other SEOs selling me trying to sell me stuff. So you’re not alone. Yeah, and there’s stuff on fiber too. So those guys actually really give the real guys a bad name. Unfortunately, Something about the SEO industry, it had a feel like around 2010.

03:55
got a bad rap when back in the day you could spam your way to the top and then think right around 2010 was the turning point where Google got really good at detecting web spam and went on a penalizing spree and from so many people just got destroyed. You’d see sites that were 90 % SEO traffic organic dropping 20 to 30 to 50 to sometimes 90 % of the traffic overnight. So I feel like during that wave of penalties, just put a bad tip.

04:24
put a bad taste in a lot of people’s mouth about SEO. Yeah. You would characterize yourself as pretty much white hat, right? Across the board, right? Yeah. Things that aren’t going to get you penalized down the road. Yes. Okay. All right. So I came to you, I don’t even remember what year was it, 2022 or 2021? I don’t remember. Yeah. Yeah. I think right around 2021. 2021. Yes. I want to say that Bumblebee rankings were the lowest points since…

04:53
I don’t even remember. I guess we could pull it up. But anyway, that doesn’t matter. So I came to you and I was like, hey, can you help me with this? And I wasn’t sure what to expect because I consider myself pretty knowledgeable about SEO. And I thought I’d just maybe walk the audience through your entire process, which is I now call the Oxford method, right? I love it. Yeah. that trademarked? Can I use that? Yeah. So walk us through the first steps. Yeah, I still remember.

05:22
I think, and I was just checking before you reached out, was like the lowest point in the last, I mean since like 2015. So it had taken quite the turn. And I still remember you’re very skeptical about SEO with good reason because you’ve seen the horror stories of sites. I feel like in the SEO industry you get one of two things. either hire the reputable agency that’s worked with all these brands and they have a fancy presentation, but then you…

05:50
The work happens, you get passed off to the B team and the quality just falls off a cliff and you get fancy reports but nothing’s really getting done under the hood. Or the flip side of that is you take the cheaper alternative and you go on Upwork or Fiverr and you get someone who says they’re really good and they do a bunch of shady things that get your site penalized and you kind of lost a lot of your investment there. So you were skeptical, we talked about it the first thing we did was see like is there even SEO opportunity, there is SEO a good channel.

06:20
for Bumbi linens and in a lot of cases it is, but there’s always some cases where maybe there’s not a lot of search volume that SEO is not a good channel for you or maybe it’s just way too competitive and the amount of investment might not make the most sense at that time. So we looked at your rankings together, we realized like, okay, there’s a lot of search volume for some of your keywords, especially related to handkerchiefs and linen napkins and things like that.

06:46
and you already had some good traction. Like you were on bottom of page one, top of page two, maybe bottom of page two for a lot of really good keywords. So it’s not like we’re starting from scratch trying to climb this big mountain. We already had, you know, we’re just in striking distance. We just had to push to the extra 10 % to start driving traffic. So, you know, first thing we did is we assessed like, okay, we’re good to go. And then we moved on to the planning stage. So once we kind of both agreed like, all right, there’s enough opportunity to justify it, let’s build a plan.

07:16
We looked at the technical side of the website just to get a rough idea of how much technical work we need to be done. We looked at kind of got a sense of your content you had in place and your blog. We looked at your backlink profile and we kind of flushed out before we even move forward a tentative six-month plan on what an SEO campaign would look like. And for those of you guys listening, pretty much anything in SEO can be distilled to four buckets. Technical SEO, that’s going to be maybe how Google and search engines crawls your website.

07:46
Page optimization, that’s making sure keywords are the right places and your title tags, your meta descriptions, your content. Then we have link building, which is making sure other websites are linking to you, which is a very important ranking factor. And then content, making sure we have content in the right places, whether that’s category descriptions, product descriptions, or blog posts. So the strategy we built for Bonebillinons, we had to assess the website through each of those four buckets.

08:11
and have a plan that would, wherever it was falling short, we need to have a plan in place to make sure it was gonna be 10 out of 10 in each of those areas. Yeah, and the one thing that I remember, I harped on you for a while, was like, okay, is this really gonna make a difference? And I think the philosophy, and I wanna put words in your mouth, was that you do all these things, you don’t know exactly which one will have the most effect, but collectively you do them, and if it leads to a positive result, then great.

08:39
Yeah, and that’s exactly the case. There’s gonna be SEOs out there that might be overly confident and say like, oh, I know if you do this, you’re gonna get this result 100%. I know if you do X, you’re gonna get Y result 100%. But from doing this for over a decade, Google responds very differently to the same change. I could do the same change for your website. You might have a huge impact on rankings. I could do the same change for another website. Maybe it’s only a minor impact.

09:07
and vice versa, maybe this other Google responds really well to this one change on another website versus yours. So the kind of the strategy we take is let’s do all the things that we know are going to have a positive impact. We won’t know exactly which one’s going to be the exponential growth and which one might be more minor. But we know if we do all these things in conjunction, that’s what’s going to increase rankings, that’s what’s going to increase traffic, and that’s what’s going to get you more revenue. Yeah. And I remember

09:32
One thing for anyone listening out there who actually wants to rank in search, I think step one is really to get your house in order. So let’s talk about some of the things that we do for Bollingby Lens, to get the house in order, so to speak. getting the house in order, a lot of that just refers to technical SEO. In short, you want to make sure that Google can crawl your website. They have their spiders going across the web, and if they can’t get to your pages, your pages aren’t going to rank very well.

09:59
Once they get to your pages, we want to make sure they’re indexable. Is Google going to actually index the page so it can rank? So there’s some technical things we looked at. It was kind of funny. You and I were both puzzled. There were some URLs that Google was accessing that made no sense, these weird parameter URLs that none of us had really, really, like you can’t, we couldn’t visit on the website. We have no idea how Google’s getting to it. But sure enough, they had their ways. They’re accessing some really weird URLs that was wasting the crawl budget.

10:28
We want to make sure Google is only crawling the most important pages, so we went ahead and blocked those. We also noticed you had a bunch of, I think your entire, like all your product pages were duplicated. You had a duplicate version generated by one parameter that was getting indexed. So had a big duplicate content issue that we uncovered. We also noticed that the top nav was, before it was this kind of mega menu style that

10:52
was linking to so many category pages and it was maybe even a bit convoluted and we simplified that down a bit just to, it was more SEO friendly. And then we also did a lot of internal linking. We found that from all the blogging we done over the years, they weren’t referencing the products and categories as well as they could be. So also doing some internal linking just to make sure we got all those great content pieces you’ve created sending SEO value where it needs to be. So let’s just say for anyone listening out there,

11:20
Most of the changes were actually pretty minor. The only major one was changing that mega menu, like in terms of actually having to edit the code in your theme and that sort of thing. I think the mega- change. Right, correct. The other internal linking and stuff doesn’t cause any cosmetic changes. I remember that menu actually took me a little bit to do once we figured out what it was, but do want to explain just kind of the philosophy and why simplifying that menu actually helped SEO? Yeah, the best way to sum it up,

11:49
If you have, so your top navigation that lives on every single page in your website, if you have 100 links in your top navigation and then you go from 100 links to 50 links, since you have fewer links, you have more link juice or SEO value going through each link. So each of those links got twice as valuable because there’s half as many. So in Steve’s case, we pretty much cut the number of links in the top nav in half. So there was lots of…

12:15
kind of more niche category pages, maybe accessory pages that weren’t as high of a priority that might not be, we probably didn’t need to link to them from every single page. So by just having the most important pages in the top nav, they’re all benefiting from way more SEO value and link juice flowing to those, which helps them to rank a lot better. I think for any one store, 20 % of your products are going to make up 80 % of the revenue. And so I had all these categories from stuff that we had done just because I’m trying to rank individual category pages. And so

12:45
What we did is Jeff helped me with the analysis and we determined like the money categories, made those front and center on the menu. And then the other categories which were lesser, I put them all on like a sub menu, which was only one link on the menu, just to be perfectly clear to anyone trying to do this. Yeah, we, you know, a lot of times you can use like a see all link. So maybe you have your category page, you list your most important subcategories, but if you have 50 subcategories, it wouldn’t make sense to have all 50 in the top nav. So maybe you list your top five or 10,

13:15
and then know that you have see all and they can see more. And SU aside, we’ve actually found this exercise can help with conversion rates because people can find what they’re looking for way faster. They don’t have to sort through as many links. So there’s also some usability benefits as well to this type of change. I totally agree actually. In retrospect now, like the changes that you suggested, make it much easier for people to find handkerchiefs and napkins, which are our bread and butter for our entire site. So that was on the technical side.

13:44
And then do you have any more to add on that? Technical SEO is always the most kind of complex, development heavy side of SEO. It’s very nuanced. It’s kind of the one area where I would recommend talking to someone who knows how to know what to look for because the issues of your website is going to be different from the needs of the issues with your closest competitor. But in short, you just want to make sure your site can be crawled, indexed, and there’s no kind of duplicate content issues or other issues that could impact your rankings.

14:14
Okay. What’s the next pillar? Next is page optimization. So, you know, we page optimization, there’s kind of a few main components where we want to make sure your keyword is in the title tag of the page. And if you’re not familiar with what a title tag is, it’s going to be that if you search a keyword in Google, you got those 10 links and that blue link, that’s the title tag, it lives in the code, it tells search engines what the page is about. And it’s one of the most important ranking factors for the page itself.

14:45
Then you have the meta description. Those are the two lines of black text below the title tag. Now meta descriptions aren’t necessarily a ranking factor. You could have your keyword in there 20 times or not at all. It’s not going to make a difference. The way I like to describe meta descriptions is just there for click through rates. It’s essentially the ad copy for SEO. So if you’re doing Google ads, you might have seen how having really compelling ad copy can have a huge impact on click through rates. Well, the same is true with SEO and meta descriptions.

15:12
have your unique selling points in the meta descriptions. If you have a call to action, you’re going to get a lot more traffic and a lot more clicks than those ranking even above you in some cases. And then the other element is the header tag. That’s the title that’s on the page itself that users see. And then the last thing that we focused on was in the content. We want to make sure the keywords in the content. So those are the four places. If we’re trying to rank for wedding handkerchiefs,

15:38
we want to make sure the keywords in all those four places, title tag, meta-scription, header tag, and the content itself. But before we even touched a single page, we got really strategic with prioritizing, which pages actually do we need to optimize? mean, some e-commerce sites might be on the smaller size. Maybe you only have a dozen or a few dozen products. But for a lot of people, their e-commerce site is going to be hundreds, if not thousands or more pages on the site.

16:08
So one of the biggest pitfalls we’ve seen is a lot of times people spend their time optimizing pages that don’t really have that much SEO potential. It’s either too competitive and they’re never, you know, they’re not going to rank well to begin with or it’s just so it’s low search volume and even if they rank number one it’s not going to drive traffic. So we spend a lot of time first prioritizing every single page on your website to see which pages can actually drive the most traffic and revenue.

16:35
and then kind of starting at the top and working our way down and doing a batch every single month to make sure your pages are optimized. Can we talk about that process? Because I think that’s something interesting. Because most people just say, hey, I want to optimize every page, which is impossible to do, really. So can you talk about the Oxfordization formula for deciding? Because it was all in a spreadsheet, but the formulas were like we never really talked about the formulas. Yeah. The proprietary Oxfordization formula, patent pending. what we did.

17:04
we looked at every single keyword the website was ranking for. And there’s kind of two main data points for every keyword we’re looking at. We want to see what’s the search volume, how many times per month are people searching for this keyword, and we wanted to see what rank is it currently in. So for example, if a keyword’s ranking position 60, it’s so far from being at the top of search results and driving traffic that it’s not going to be that big of a focus. But if you have a keyword that’s bottom of page one, maybe position seven or eight,

17:31
If we just give that keyword a little push and it starts getting top three, it’s gonna drive a whole bunch of more traffic. So if we’re talking about the low hanging fruit, you really wanna focus on keywords where you’re ranking middle to bottom of page one. Those are your high opportunity keywords with just a little SEO push. If you can get them into top three, it’s gonna start driving noticeably more traffic and revenue. So that’s what we did. We looked at every single keyword the site was ranking for. We looked at what position is it in?

17:58
We looked at the monthly search volume. We kind of created this formula and a weighted average to factor in keywords that are higher ranking. Let’s give them a higher opportunity score. Keywords with higher search volume, let’s also give those a higher opportunity score. And we did it for every single keyword. We added all up on a URL basis. So if a URL has 100 keywords ranking, we’d add up the score for each individual keyword to kind of get an aggregate page score. And then from there, we could just prioritize it with some Excel magic to see

18:26
which page has had the highest opportunity score and we’re worth pursuing first. And there’s one component that you didn’t mention, was revenue for that site, right? Cause it’s all about money for an e-commerce store. That will get you traffic, luckily, almost every e-commerce site that we’ve seen have e-commerce tracking in place. It’s really easy to go into analytics, see the conversion rate, the average order value. So we pulled in the average order value and conversion rate for every single

18:54
category, every single category page, product page, blog post, et cetera, and then matched all that up so we could extrapolate, say, okay, these are the keywords that we know not only are they gonna bring in lots of traffic, but these are actually like high value pages that are converting well and have a higher ticket and higher AOV. So that level really helped us be strategic and focus on the pages that are gonna move the needle and drive more revenue. Yeah, because there’s a lot of pages that you’ll find on your site that might be really high traffic, but they actually aren’t really generating much revenue.

19:24
Yeah, blog post is a perfect example of that. absolutely. If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success

19:53
without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses, and here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started

20:22
running a print on demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well. You also get access to my two day passive income workshop, where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

20:47
Yeah, there’s top of funnel blog posts and there’s bottom of the funnel blog posts. Yeah. So it’s important to do this exercise, which is actually something that I hadn’t really done before. Like in the past, I just focus on optimizing my category pages because I knew which ones were converting. But yeah, it was very interesting to do that analysis across like all the keywords to figure out what to go for. You also taught me to use this tool for the content. I before we had

21:14
work together, I actually didn’t have as much content on the category pages. This is a struggle for lot of e-commerce stores, right? Most category pages are just a listing of products. You want to walk the audience through what you did for the category pages on my site? Yeah, so one ranking factor that we’ve seen, Google’s even confirmed this. Sometimes you can listen to Google’s spokesperson at the time and they’ll kind of give you some nuggets. And basically what they said is if you have a category page with a list of products,

21:42
you should have at least some content to give Google more context of what that page is about. They’ll see the products and they’ll see the title of the page, but there’s no content explaining what the page is about, who it’s for, the benefits. It’s gonna be more difficult for them to give you good rankings. And we see time and time again, if you have a category page with no content on it and you just add 200 to 250 words, that…

22:08
In almost all cases, we usually see rank improvements for just that simple change. Sometimes people go overboard with this. There’s definitely correlation between rankings and word count. So people just literally drop a blog post on their category page. That’s really not the way to go. That’ll actually work against you. And we’ve heard from Google’s staff multiple times that

22:33
If you have too much content on a page, is supposed to be unique, a category page has a transactional intent. Someone’s looking to make a transaction and purchase something. If you just drop a blog post on it, now it’s going to be more of an article informational intent and that you’re not going to rank as well for transactional keywords. So that’s why really, you you want to keep it short and concise, just 200, 250 words. And that’s what we did for Bumblebee linens. We made sure all the top category pages had around 200, 250 words.

23:00
Any pages that were a little short or shy on content, we added some additional ones. And kind of the framework or blueprint we recommend when you’re writing a category description is first and foremost, talk about the benefits of the product. Talk about who it’s for and the use cases. Talk about the price and then talk about the attributes of it. So for example, if you’re selling gaming laptops, you can talk about

23:27
the know that what were the specs the speed that the benefit whatever whatever can change from product to product so you know with with handkerchiefs you can talk about the material and how that impacts price and the last thing is just give a little bit of information about you know shipping and reach returns you be in short you’re giving someone all the information they would need before making informed purchasing decision and you should look at that lens you know we we didn’t add anything like

23:52
What is a handkerchief? No, instead, if someone’s searching for it, they already know what it is. You want to give them the information they need to go from knowing the product to purchasing the product. Yeah, and there was tools that you used, I remember, allowed you to use certain keywords that were used associated with the actual main keyword that we were trying to rank also. Yeah, there’s a great tool I recommend called Surfer SEO.

24:15
I’m not affiliated with them, so whether you use them or not, I’m not incentivized, but it’s a great tool that I use personally and I’ve had a lot of success with, and it’s actually kind of become the gold standard of content optimization in the SEO industry. Basically, how this tool works is you put in the keyword you’re trying to rank for. So let’s say we want to rank for ladies handkerchiefs. We’d put that into Surfer. Surfer’s going to see all the sites ranking on page one already. It’s going to pull their content and analyze all their content.

24:42
And what it’s gonna come back to you with, it’s gonna say, hey, here’s all the keywords that your competitors are ranking for, that your competitors are using in their content that you should use in your content. So does all this advanced statistical analysis to see what keywords the higher ranking competitors are using that you’re not using? And in a lot of cases we found incorporating those keywords into your content and making your content more comprehensive and robust can have a really noticeable impact on rankings and traffic. absolutely.

25:11
So on the content side, did you have anything else to add before we move on to the next pillar? I think just real quick with blogging, like you had already done a lot of blogging and we actually chose not, we strategically chose not to do any blogging for your site. And the main reason for that was there wasn’t a lot of high converting keywords that we could go after. Really there’s only top of funnel keywords like what is a handkerchief? What are handkerchiefs made of?

25:36
Which we knew could drive traffic but wouldn’t drive revenue So since we were trying to optimize for your return on investment We decided not to do blog posts and focus more on the pages that can actually drive revenue, right? Which in my case are the category pages exactly. Yep Okay, so we talked about technical content optimization. What is the third pillar? We talked about we talked about technical page optimization content and then I think we’re under the fourth pillar the link

26:04
Yeah, link building, link building, which incidentally is the question that I get asked the most. And you had some pretty good strategies. A lot of these strategies before we talk about them do require some amount of legwork and outreach. But let’s talk about them first. And I’m very curious what your process is for doing this. Yeah, so there’s dozens, if not hundreds of ways you can build backlinks and just kind of backing up for just a second.

26:32
The number of links going to your site and the quality of those links is one of the most important ranking factors in Google. Google’s ranking algorithm is always changing, Google’s even said backlinks is one of the top three ranking factors in their algorithm. you could have the most perfectly optimized page with the best content, but if you don’t have enough backlinks, you may not be able to rank very well for that page. So it’s important to get other websites to link back to you.

26:59
And you have kind of more of your traditional like brand PR approach and a lot of these strategies we incorporated for Bumby Linens. From working with e-commerce sites, kind of the most important one strategy we found is one, doing product reviews. Essentially what we did is we just found relevant bloggers, we sent them some product and had them do a review of that product. In the write-up on their site, they take photos of it, they link back to it.

27:27
So that worked really well, just doing some product reviews and sending those to bloggers. A second thing we did is guest posting. This is probably the most common and consistent link billing strategy. And part of the reason for that is it works really well. Basically, you find relevant blogs you offer to write an article on their website. then, know, it’s not, Steve, as you know, having a content calendar and trying to keep up and create fresh content all the time, it’s not easy to do. So oftentimes, bloggers will open up their blog.

27:55
and just say, maybe we can have some other people contribute to take the load off their plate. So we found relevant blogs like the Wedding Space and built a relationship with them, wrote an article, linked back to some of most important category pages. So that was the second strategy is guest posting. Third thing we did, which is kind of more unique of a PR play is scholarships. So we created the official Balmvey-Lennox scholarship. yeah, we had a, I believe it was $1,000 cash prize for. It was $500.

28:25
$500 is a thousand word essay for a $500 cash prize. And it’s not like we had to offer $500 for every university in the country. It was just a one time $500 scholarship. And we were able to promote that to hundreds of universities. So we actually were able to obtain a lot of backlinks from some really authoritative .edu universities, which had a lot of trust and a lot of authority and get help with rankings. And then the fourth thing we did,

28:53
was we basically turned your discount codes into backlinks. So we created a discount for the military and veterans. We created a discount for first responders, a discount for nurses, a discount for teachers, and a few other different, what we call linkable audiences. And so we had all these discount code pages up. if you look, there’s aggregated lists of discounts for nurses, discounts for veterans.

29:20
And we found all these lists, we reached out, we said, hey, we’re so glad you have this. We also have a discount that’s gonna be great for these groups and these communities. Would you consider including our discount in your list? And sure enough, they were. We got lots of backlinks from some of these websites, one of which was military.com. Which is huge, actually. Yeah, very authoritative. And that wasn’t the only one. There’s quite a bit of other heavy hitters.

29:46
And I actually, Steve, if you want, I have the outreach stats if you’re curious for a quick rundown. Yeah, yeah. Okay, so before you do that, I just want to say that I think of the multiple strategies you just mentioned, I think guest posting is probably one of the most tedious. And whenever you see one of those spammy SEO agencies out there that say they can guarantee you thousand backlinks, it’s not just the backlinks. They’re going to spam you with low quality backlinks, which could potentially hurt your site.

30:14
These are all, using these strategies that Jeff’s talked about, these are all real links that have high domain authority that will really benefit your site. This is why you have to watch out for those spammy SEO agencies that promise all these things, because all they’re doing is they probably just have a bunch of dead sites that they’re just linking to everybody. Yeah, there’s lots of like, what we call private blog networks where they create their own site just for getting backlinks.

30:41
And if you get links from those, they’re just not gonna help you at all. link building is the one part of SAE that you to be the most careful, whether you’re gonna do it yourself or hire somebody, you have to make sure they’re building good links that actually gonna move the needle. If you see someone saying, we’ll give you 100 backlinks for $6, turn and run because chances are it’s gonna do more harm than good. Actually, before you get into the stats, can you just, when you’re going for a backlink,

31:11
Can you tell me just some of the things that you look for on the site to make sure that there are a legit site that’s actually going to be linking to you? Yeah. So few things we look for is like, there an actual person behind the site? Do they have an About Us page? Do they have any contact information? We also look at the SEO metrics. What’s the domain authority or domain rating of the site? Is this valuable in Google’s eyes? And we’ll also look at the traffic. Is this actually driving organic traffic? Is it ranking for keywords?

31:40
So there, what I just described is probably where most link builders stop is like, okay, like the site has, it’s very authoritative, it’s relevant, let’s get a backlink. But there’s a few other checks that we like to do just to make sure it’s gonna provide SEO value. Another one is we’ll look at its traffic year over year. Because in many cases you have these kind of fly by night blogs that come up just for the purpose of selling backlinks.

32:05
and they get penalized pretty quick. if we see that a site’s traffic dropped like 50 % or more year over year, we won’t touch it because it’s a good indication that it’s been penalized by Google. Another check we do is we want to see what other types of sites is this blog going to link to. And we use a tool called hrefs where we can see all the other domains the site’s linking to. And if it’s linking to things like casino, crypto, CBD, some of these would kind of work.

32:32
Questionable niches we won’t reach out to it. It’s kind of clear that it’s just a link farm and the link to anybody So we want to make sure the site there’s a person behind it has good SEO metrics It has been penalized by Google and it’s not just linking out to anyone and everyone Yeah, and it’s more than just domain authority also because some people will just buy expired domains and then use that as like a Yeah, that can be very easily. Yeah, so anyway, okay So all this stuff that you just talked about requires lots of outreach

33:02
And that’s actually one of the reasons why I asked for your help because I don’t got time to do this outreach, right? Yeah. So yeah, let’s let’s talk about some of the stats. Yeah. So like Steve saying, lots of grunt work that went into this. So in short, we got 135 backlinks from all those strategies that I mentioned to get those 135 backlinks. We contacted over 4000 websites and it’s not just sending emails.

33:31
first prospect, you have to find the email or find the blog. And then once you find the blog, you got to figure out, what’s the best email address to contact for this blog and digging around to find that information and then trying to personalize it as much as you can. So there’s a lot of heavy lifting. So we found those 4,000 blogs. We reached out to all of them. Of those 4,000, about 2,400 actually opened the email. it was a decent response rate. We had a 57 %…

34:00
or sorry, decent open rate, 57 % open rate on those emails. Of the 4,000, we had 16 % that responded to our emails. We had about 685 responses. And then of those 685 responses, that generated the 135 backlink. So if you’re just reaching out to a blog cold, you’re not going to have the highest success rate. You have to give them a good reason to link to you. And a lot of this is a numbers game. You just got to keep finding.

34:29
relevant prospects that are likely to link to you. And there’s a lot of legwork that goes into finding these sites, reaching out to them and getting those links published. So what was the final percentage of outreach versus actually links gained? Single digits, right? Yeah, 3 % of the sites we contacted ended up linking to us. Right. So that means to get three backlinks, you got to reach out to at least 100 sites.

34:54
that depending on the strategy you’re using, but for all the strategies we were using, that was the average across the board, 3%. So of the four strategies, let’s repeat them again. there was product review, product reviews, guest blogging, guest blogging, and discount codes. discounts, okay. So if you were to just pick like the highest percentage, which one would that be? From what we saw, we got the highest percentage from scholarships and discount codes.

35:23
And discount codes, okay. And then the product review is a little harder. And the guestbook is probably the hardest, would you say? I’d say product reviews are the hardest because not everyone is interested. You have to hope they’re interested in the product that you want them to review. I see. Yeah. Okay. You left out a little nugget also on the scholarship page, which was now that you have this powerful page that everyone’s linking to, you want to sculpt the juice, so to speak. Yes. We have a little trick up our sleeves. So we had this scholarship page.

35:52
that lived on bumblebillens.com and it had attracted all these backlinks from some really authoritative .edu websites. So what we then did is we simplified this page so that you know there’s no top navigation, there’s a minimal footer, there wasn’t really any links on this page, it’s just talk of the scholarship and we went in and added links to some of your most important category pages and what this did is it took this super powerful page and now channeled and funneled all this SEO value and all this link juice

36:21
to just two or three pages that we really cared about. So that we saw actually had a pretty noticeable impact on rankings and we got a good lift from that strategy. I am curious though, I don’t know if you have the stats for this, but do know what your percentage was for reviews specifically versus guest posts versus scholarship and coupons? We definitely have it, but I don’t have it on hand right now. I’d just be curious, because some of these people…

36:47
listening and they’re gonna be like, I can’t do all this stuff. Like if I were to just choose one strategy, what would I go for? I always say if you’re do just one, I like product reviews most because if I take my SEO hat off for a second and I kind of look at the bigger picture, product reviews is the one strategy that can also has the best chance of driving traffic, brand awareness. So you get kind of multiple benefits of this, especially if like, let’s say you’re an Amazon seller, this is something you could do.

37:13
pretty easily. If you have a product that doesn’t know it’s not too high ticket something you can give away for free you know reach out to some bloggers offer to send it to them for free to do a review and not only we get back things that help with SEO but who knows maybe also get some brand awareness some referral traffic and and oftentimes you can even get direct sales from this if the blog has a big enough following.

37:36
I have some other questions that I commonly get asked and I’m curious what your answer is. One of the questions I commonly get asked is, do I need a blog in order to do a good job with SEO for an e-commerce store? The question is maybe, but not as often as you think. And let me elaborate a little bit. Sure. There’s this misconception that you have to have a blog. You have to keep creating fresh content. If you don’t create fresh content, your rankings are going to slipped.

38:06
Basically what happened is years ago Google had this freshness update where if you have a blog post and you update it and you make a bunch of changes and Google sees that change, it’s going to get kind of a nice boost in rankings because it’s fresh content. But the misconception is if you’re creating articles on your blog over here, that fresh content is not going to help your rankings of your category pages and your main pages over here.

38:35
So that’s kind of the big disconnect. And I like to talk about the value of blogging with the typical customer journey, where you have the awareness stage, you have the interest stage, you have the purchase stage. And there’s a bunch of different variations. We’ll kind of simplify it to three stages. If you’re blogging with content that’s in the top of funnel awareness stage, that would be things like, what are handkerchiefs? What are handkerchiefs for? What’s the history of handkerchiefs?

39:01
If someone’s searching those keywords, they’re not really looking to purchase. They’re just looking to learn. It’s very informational. we could create the content, but it’s not going to, and it could rank well and drive traffic, but it’s not going to drive revenue. And how are we supposed to give Steve a positive ROI if it’s not driving revenue? There are some middle of the funnel keywords that your blog post you can go after. So any content with like best versus or for will typically convert better. So for example, you know,

39:31
best handkerchiefs. If someone’s probably doing some research, they know they want to buy it. Now they want to find the best one. That’s going to have some conversions or linen handkerchiefs, linen handkerchiefs versus any other material out there. Those types of versus comparisons. They’ve narrowed down to two types. Now they want to purchase one, but they’re not sure which one or four talking about the use case, like handkerchiefs for everyday use. If someone, if you have a blog post of that,

39:59
someone probably wants to find a handkerchief for everyday use. we did the research. We didn’t really see any high-volume keywords that we could create in the middle of the funnel range, so we opted out for it. So if you’re trying to decide, do you need to do blogging, it might be worth doing some research to see what are some middle of the funnel keywords that you can go after, and will those drive traffic? So every blog post has a goal, and just make sure you have a clear idea of

40:28
why are you blogging, don’t just do it because you think you’re supposed to. If you’re doing it, make sure you know why you’re doing it. Yeah, I would say if you’re hiring someone to do something for you, you always want to focus on the ROI. Because you could rank for keywords, get their email, and convert also that way, which is the traditional model that a lot of websites take. But when it comes to just focusing on what’s going to make you the most money, that’s going to tend to be your category pages.

40:57
or

41:28
chat GPT put this on everyone’s radar where now the AI is pretty advanced when it comes to content creation. From what I’ve seen, using chat GPT, also known as GPT 3.5, the content produces, oh yeah, before. The content it produces was, I’d say was on par with your standard overseas generalist writer. Maybe you have someone in India, the Philippines,

41:59
You know, the content was kind of roughly at that level. Of course, there’s going to be some overseas writers that are incredible and probably might be better than a lot of US writers. if we’re saying on average in general, was kind of at the depth and the grammar and the spelling was perfect. But as far as like structure and flow, I’d say it’s kind of on par with like a generalist overseas or not. I say non-English native speaker.

42:28
But then GPT-4 came out, I believe it was like a week or two ago. This was like the next version. And I’ve done a lot of testing with that and I’d say it’s at the point now where it’s as good as your average US generalist rider. A industry expert’s always gonna be better and they’ll be able to add some insights, but if you just have a generalist rider that you’re hiring that writes about every niche, the content is pretty much good enough.

42:54
to go hand go side by side with anyone I don’t think I think most people could not tell whether an article is written by GPT-4 or a US writer. So the question is is it good enough to not use human writers?

43:11
That’s the goal, that’s the big question. it’s kind of, you have to think back enough for a second, how scary is it that we’re actually having this conversation? Like how many writers could lose their jobs because of this? It is kind of scary. And the model that we’re going to is, I like to paint the analogy of it’s basically what calculators did for mathematicians. know, mathematicians didn’t disappear, but you didn’t need as many because you have this device that can save them lots of time.

43:39
So kind of the model we’re doing is we’re having our writers and we’re having our editors use this technology to assist them and be more efficient. You never want to just go to chat GPT, have it spit out a blog post and then post it. You’re still going to be some manual review and you want to enhance it and make it stand out. But this technology is getting adapted like wildfire and chances are if your competitors aren’t using it now, they’re going to start using it soon and can just scale their content production methods. So you got to look at how you can incorporate this.

44:09
as a way to scale your content production while maintaining quality. I’m going end this podcast with kind of like a bombshell question. What are your views on the future of search with AI? I think, you know, right now the saying is if you don’t know something, just Google it. I wonder how long it’s going to be until people say, just chat GPT it or just AI it because now it’s answering so many questions.

44:37
It’s unknown, but if I look at the direction, feel like these large language models and AI systems like chat GPT, they provide a really good user experience for people search for information and it’s getting better and better. So even if it’s not a hundred percent now, it’s going to be just as good as Googling in the very near future. And what I think that’s going to do is the sort of top of funnel keywords, like what is a handkerchief? What are they made of? What are the history of handkerchiefs?

45:05
I don’t think you need to go to Google to search for that anymore. I think you just can ask ChatGPT, get your answer right away, and it’s going to save you time instead of clicking on a bunch of different articles, scrolling down to find the part of the article, maybe cross-referencing a few others. You now have this, this can do it for you. So I think that’s going to prevent a lot of traffic. So like a lot of top-of-the-funnel traffic is not going to be there. You’re going to see, I feel like you’re going to see declines and search volumes. So especially for content sites.

45:34
I think middle of the funnel might be a little less, it might be little more sustainable. Things like comparison sites, reviews, that you kind need more media. Maybe you want to see a table comparison or images or videos. I think those are going to be safe for the foreseeable future. But if chat, GPT and other large language models start incorporating media and photos and can actually like watch a video and kind of summarize it for you, I think it’s only matter time before those are.

46:04
are going to be impacted. what about specifically e-commerce? E-commerce is kind of the one area that luckily I’d say is safe. If you’re looking to make a purchase, you actually have to go to that site, make a purchase, that you can’t really automate that away or AI that away. Although, Steve, I might have something that you haven’t heard of just yesterday, And this is on just yesterday, OpenAI, creators of ChatGBT, just announced they have plugins.

46:34
They’re creating all these plugins that you can augment chat GPT with. So they have one for like kayak.com where you can say, find me flights for this and it’ll pull in all the kayak.com data. Um, they, one of their initial plugins that has already been created is with shop for Shopify. So it’s going to be interesting if you can now use chat GPT to purchase, um, directly without even having to go to the Can’t wait to play with that. Yeah. I joined the wait list immediately. Yeah. Nice.

47:03
That would change the game then. That’s the, so I guess this technology is changing so rapidly that it’s, whatever prediction I try to make today could literally be outdated in a week. All right, Jeff, we talk about a lot of stuff in this episode. If anyone needs help with their SEO, whether it just be putting together that plan, which is a good portion of it, or just help with link building, where can they find you? Yeah, you can just go to our website.

47:32
180 marketing.com 180 marketing and my email is just Jeff at 180 marketing.com So you know shoot me an email be great to hear from you guys And please stay away from those spammy SEO agencies that promise you a thousand backlinks and number one rankings In a month or whatever they are. I get them every day agreed. Yeah cool Hey, Jeff, thanks for coming the show always you always drop value and I appreciate you Awesome. Thanks Steve. Appreciate this was fun

48:02
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Like I said, Jeff is my go-to guy when it comes to SEO and he is a wealth of knowledge. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 475. And once again, I want to thank Getita for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Getita over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Getita. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A.

48:32
I also want to thank Quietlight Brokerage. Quietlight is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business. I’ve known them for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them, and I trust them 100%. If you want a free valuation for your business, or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash quietlight. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash q-u-i-t-l-i-g-h-t. And if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

49:00
and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!